Manuale d’uso / di manutenzione del prodotto 5 del fabbricante NEC
Vai alla pagina of 1614
Software Manual 05.00 Technical Support Web Site: http://ws1.necii.com (registration is required).
This manual has been developed by NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. It is intended for the use of its customers and service personnel, and should be read in its entirety before attempting to install or program the system. Any comments or suggestions for improving this manual would be appreciated.
T able of Contents Aspire Software Manual ◆ T able of Contents- 1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T able of Contents T able of Contents - 2 ◆ Aspire Software Manual Direct Inward Dialing (DID) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Direct Inward Line (DIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T able of Contents Aspire Software Manual ◆ T able of Contents- 3 Name Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T able of Contents T able of Contents - 4 ◆ Aspire Software Manual Traffic Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585 Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T able of Contents Aspire Software Manual ◆ T able of Contents- 5 10-25 : H.323 Gateway Prefix Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774 10-26 : IP System Operation Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T able of Contents T able of Contents - 6 ◆ Aspire Software Manual Program 13 : Abbreviated Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855 13-01 : Abbreviated Dialing Function Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T able of Contents Aspire Software Manual ◆ T able of Contents- 7 Program 16 : Department Group Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947 16-01 : Department Group Basic Data Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T able of Contents T able of Contents - 8 ◆ Aspire Software Manual 21-11 : Extension Ringdown (Hotline) Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1034 21-12 : ISDN Calling Party Number Setup for Trunks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1036 21-13 : ISDN Calling Party Number Setup for Extensions .
T able of Contents Aspire Software Manual ◆ T able of Contents- 9 Program 24 : Hold/Transfer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 24-01 : System Options for Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T able of Contents T able of Contents - 10 ◆ Aspire Software Manual Program 31 : Paging Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171 31-01 : System Options for Internal/External Paging . . . . . . . . .
T able of Contents Aspire Software Manual ◆ T able of Contents- 11 40-06 : Voice Mail Automated Attendant Data Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1243 40-07 : Voice Prompt Language Assignment for VRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 40-08 : Voice Prompt Language Assignment for Mailboxes .
T able of Contents T able of Contents - 12 ◆ Aspire Software Manual Program 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 44-01 : System Options for ARS/F-Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T able of Contents Aspire Software Manual ◆ T able of Contents- 13 Program 81 : Basic Hardware Setup for Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1397 81-01 : COIU Initial Data Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T able of Contents T able of Contents - 14 ◆ Aspire Software Manual 84-16 : VOIPU Limiter Control Gain Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1478 84-17 : VOIPU Echo Canceller Control Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T able of Contents Aspire Software Manual ◆ T able of Contents- 15 Program 91 : Aspire Wireless Subscription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1547 91-06 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T able of Contents T able of Contents - 16 ◆ Aspire Software Manual.
Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 1 Features.
2 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual.
About This Manual Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 3 About This Manual Section 1 - Features Bef ore Reading This Section This section provides detailed information on the system’ s features. If you don’t kno w what the v ar- ious features are, re view the T able of Contents for this section and the manual’ s Index.
About This Manual 4 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual P or t Assignments: How the System Assigns P or ts to the PCBs P ort Calculation for Trunks: W ith the 4COIU-LS1, 8 COIU-LS1, 4COIU-LG1, 8COIU-L.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 5 Charts and Illustrations T able 1: Abbreviated and P ost Dialing Service Codes Abbr eviated Service Codes 1 Code Starting with an asterisk (*) Starting with a pound sign (#) For this featur e.
Char ts and Illustrations 6 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T able 2: Abbreviated and P ost Dialing Service Codes Single Digit Post Dialing Codes For this feature.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 7 T able 3: Service Codes by Number Dial this Service Code . . . 1 When you are. . . For this feature. . . Also see Function Ke y . . . 1 Except where indicated, dial Service Code from Intercom dial tone (e.
Char ts and Illustrations 8 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual *5 Logging out of or in to an ACD group Automatic Call Distri- bution (A CD) *10 *6 + Orbit (01-64) Picking up a call parked in a sys- t.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 9 0 (Off-hook) Leaving a Message W aiting at a co-worker’ s busy or unanswered extension Message W aiting 38 1 (Off-hook) Changing the s.
Char ts and Illustrations 10 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 107 + Group number (1-8 or 01-64) Setting up DND for each Depart- ment Group T ransfer - 108 + Group number (1-8 or 01-64) Cancelling D.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 11 132 Canceling a W ake Up Call for your o wn room telephone Hotel/Motel (W ake Up Call) - 133 Setting a W ake Up Call for another guest.
Char ts and Illustrations 12 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 157 Canceling W ork T ime from an SL T Automatic Call Distribution (A CD *17 158 Activ ating Rest Mode from an SL T Automatic Call Dist.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 13 801 + zone (1-9 or 01-64) 801 + zone (0 or 00) Making an Internal Zone Page Making an All Call Internal Page Paging, Internal 21 + zone.
Char ts and Illustrations 14 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 823 Enabling Forced Ringing for incoming Intercom calls Handsfree Answerback/ Forced Intercom Ringing - 824 Enabling/disabling Dial Pad.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 15 851 + key + code Changing the function of a pro- grammable ke y using 851 service codes Programmable Function Ke ys - 852 + key + code .
Char ts and Illustrations 16 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 869 Answering a call ringing a phone in another pickup group if you don’t kno w the group’ s number (except Ring Group Calls) Group.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 17 T able 4: Service Codes by Feature For this feature... Dial this Service Code ... 1 When y ou are ... Also see Function Ke y ... 1 Except where indicated, dial Ser vice code f or m Intercom dial tone (e.
Char ts and Illustrations 18 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Background Music 825 T urning Background Music on and off 04 Barge In 810 Barging in on a busy co-w orker’ s extension 3 4 Call Forw .
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 19 Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering / Hold #0 Using Uni versal Answer to pick up a call ringing ov er the paging system - 172 + Line num.
Char ts and Illustrations 20 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Forced T runk Disconnect * 3 (after #9 + 1-8 or 001- 200 + busy) Disconnecting a call in progress on a trunk - Group Call Pickup *# Pic.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 21 Hotel/Motel (W ake Up Call) 133 Setting a W ake Up Call for another guest’ s room telephone - Hotel/Motel (W ake Up Call) 134 Canceli.
Char ts and Illustrations 22 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Meet Me Conference Meet Me Paging 863 Joining a Meet Me Conference or Meet Me Page on an Internal P aging Zone (if your extension is in.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 23 Paging, Internal 801 + zone (1-8, 1-9 or 01-64) 801 + zone (0 or 00) Making an Internal Zone Page Making an internal All Call Page 21 +.
Char ts and Illustrations 24 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T oll Restriction Override 875 + pswd (0000) + place outside call T emporarily overriding an e xtension’ s T oll Restriction - 163 + .
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 25 V oice Mail (Cont’ d) *8 Calling your mailbox 67 154 Enabling Con versation Record at SL T set - V oice Over 6 (Off-hook) or 890 Sending a V oice Over to a b usy extension after hearing Busy/Ring tone 48 V oice Response System (VRS) ** + ringing ext.
Char ts and Illustrations 26 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T able 5: Function Ke y Codes by Features T o program a k ey , press CALL, dial 851 (f or 2-digit codes) or 852 (for 3-digit codes), press the k ey and enter the code (e.g., 48 f or V oice Over).
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 27 Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) (cont.) Code: *16 Operation: Press ke y to put agent on hold.
Char ts and Illustrations 28 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Call Forw arding, External by Door Box Code: 54 Operation: Press ke y + Dest. Number Externally Call Forw arding Door Box calls Slowly fl ashes red *4 Call Forw arding, Follo w Me Code: 15 Operation: Press ke y + Dest.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 29 Conference, V oice Call Code: 32 Operation: Set up trunk call + Press ke y Setting up a V oice Call Conference None - Data Communicatio.
Char ts and Illustrations 30 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Hold Code: 44 Operation: Place or answer call + Press ke y Putting a call on System Hold (if your phone’ s Hold key is reassigned) None - Code: 45 Operation: Place or answer call + Press ke y Putting a call on Exclusiv e Hold None - Hotline Code: 01 + dest.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 31 Networking Code: *06 + netw ork (01- 50) Operation: Press ke y Accessing a networked trunk None - Night Service Code: 09 + mode (0, 1-4 or 1-8) Operation: Press ke y Activ ating the Day/Night Mode On red when acti vated 818 + + 0 Off Hook Signaling Code: 33 Operation: Call ext.
Char ts and Illustrations 32 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Secretary Call Pickup Code: 42 + boss ext Operation: Press ke y A secretary picking up a call ringing your boss’ s extension On red w.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 33 V oice Over Code: 48 Operation: Hear Of f- Hook Signaling tone + Press ke y Initiating or responding to V oice Over On red when respond.
Char ts and Illustrations 34 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T able 6: Function Ke y Codes by Number T o program a k ey , press CALL, dial 851 (f or 2-digit codes) or 852 (for 3-digit codes), press the k ey and enter the code (e.g., 48 f or V oice Over).
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 35 Code: 12 Operation: Press ke y + Dest. Ext. Call Forwarding, No Answer Call Forwarding to e xtension or V oice Mail Slo wly fl ashes red *2 + 6 Code: 13 Operation: Press ke y + Dest. Ext.
Char ts and Illustrations 36 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Code: 24 Operation: CALL + Press Ke y Group Call Pickup Answering a call ringing another phone in your Pickup Group None *# Code: 25 Op.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 37 Code: 33 Operation: Call ext. and recei ve busy + Press key Of f Hook Signaling Signaling a busy extension None 7 or 809 Code: 34 Opera.
Char ts and Illustrations 38 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Code: 44 Operation: Place or answer call + Press key Hold Putting a call on System Hold (if hold key is reassigned) None - Code: 45 Ope.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 39 Code: 68 + 0-2 Operation: Press key V oice Mail Using V oice Mail Service Flashes slowly when monitoring Code: 77 + exten- sion or Mess.
Char ts and Illustrations 40 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Code: *05 + 0 (Incoming), 1 (Outgoing) or 2 (Both ways) + 000 (All trunk groups incoming or ARS outgoing) or T runk group (001-100) Ope.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 41 Code: *16 Operation: Press ke y to put agent on hold. Press key ag ain + 1 to hang up agent or 0 to bring agent back into call.
Char ts and Illustrations 42 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T able 7: System Number Plan/Capacities System T ype: Aspire S Aspire M/L Aspire XL System Analog Caller ID Detector 24 64 64 Classes o.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 43 DIOPU: • Physical Ports • Logical Ports 01-02 LD T runk: 0-8 OPX: 0-8 01-08 LD T runk: 0-200 OPX: 0-25 01-08 LD T runk: 0-200 OPX: .
Char ts and Illustrations 44 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Extension T elephone Extension Port Numbers • K eysets • Single Line Phones/Analog De vices • V oIP Extensions • Aspire W irele.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 45 2PGD AD Modules 10 56 56 AD A (Recording Jack) Adapters 24 192 192 Aspire W ireless Bases N/A 12 12 Aspire W ireless Phones N/A 120 120.
Char ts and Illustrations 46 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Data Communication Interfaces APR Software Port Numbers 193-256 W ith software 4.xx or higher: 193-512 193-256 W ith software 4.xx or higher: 193-512 193-512 AP A Adapters 24 192 192 APR Adapters B1 = 24 B2 = 8 prior to 2.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 47 V oice Mail Ports for IntraMail 8 ( fi x ed extension ports 43-50) N/A N/A Ports for External V oice Mail 72 6 72 72 6 Though this is .
Char ts and Illustrations 48 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Passw ords User Passw ord for setting T oll Restriction Override and Changing Class of Service using a service code 0000 0000 0000 Prog.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 49 T able 8: System T ones T one Repetitions Frequency Level Internal, Special and External Dial T one Continuous 350 Hz + 440 Hz -16 dB I.
Char ts and Illustrations 50 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual External Busy T one Continuous 400 Hz -13 dB External Special Audible Ring T one, V oice Mail Message W aiting, Stutter Dial T one for SL T Continuous 520 Hz -13 dB T runk Ring T one Range 1 (Selected in Program 22-03-01 for trunks and 15-02-02 for extensions) Combination of.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 51 T able 9: Multibutton T elephone Displays With this feature... Y ou’ ll see this display ... When... (Idle telephone) Date, Day and T ime Ext (ext name) Y our extension is idle and on hook.
Char ts and Illustrations 52 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Alarm SET n ALARM DIAL TIME Y ou dial 827 to set an alarm, the dial 1 (to set Alarm 1) or 2 (to set Alarm 2). Date, Day and Time EXT ALARM n Y our extension is idle, after setting Alarm n (1 or 2).
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 53 Call Forw arding (cont.) FWD Busy/no answer Extension No? Y ou lift the handset and dial *22 for Call Forw arding when Busy . FWD Immediate Extension No? Y ou lift the handset and dial *24 for Call Forwarding Immediate.
Char ts and Illustrations 54 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Call W aiting/Camp On and Callback Date, Day and Time CAMP CANCEL Y ou have dialed 870 to cancel a Camp-On or Call W aiting request. Callback Date, Day and Time CALL-B A CK (ext name) Extension at which you left a Callback (shown in the name fi eld) is calling you back.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 55 Dial Number Pre view PREVIEW DIAL DIAL (digits) Y ou use Dial Number Previe w to previe w your call before dialing it out. Dial Pad Con fi rmation T one Date, Day and Time SET KEY T OUCH TN Y ou dial Service Code 824 to enable Dial Pad Con fi rmation T one.
Char ts and Illustrations 56 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Hold Date, Day and Time HOLD (ext name) Y ou place an Intercom call on Hold, where (ext name) is the name of extension you placed on Hold.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 57 Message W aiting Date, Day and T ime MSG >>> (ext name) Y ou dialed Service Code *0 and left a message at the extension sho wn in (ext name).
Char ts and Illustrations 58 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Programmable Function Ke ys KEY PROGRAM KEY (nn) (function) Y ou press a function key after dialing Service Code 851, where (function) is the currently programmed function, as follows: For this k ey function .
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 59 Programmable Function Ke ys (cont) 29 REPEA T DIAL 30 SA VE NUMBER REDIAL 31 MEMO DIAL 32 MEET ME CONF 33 O VERRIDE 34 BREAK IN 35 CAMP.
Char ts and Illustrations 60 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Programmable Function Ke ys (cont) 63 SEND NO. NON NO TICE 64 ------------ 66 CTI TELECOM 67 MAIL BOX nnn 68 VM PLA Y B ACK SKIP , VM P.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 61 Programmable Function Ke ys (cont) KEY PR OGRAM Y ou dial Service Code 851 or 852 to program your function ke ys. KEY PR OGRAM KEY (nn) (function Y ou press a function key after dialing Service Code 851 or 852, where (function) is the currently pro- grammed function.
Char ts and Illustrations 62 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Selectable Ring T ones SET INCOM RING 1:INT 2:EXT Y ou dial Service Code 820 to set Selectable Ring T ones. SET INT INCOM RING INCOM RING1-8:? Y ou dial Service Code 820 plus 1 to set Intercom Selectable Ring T ones.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 63 V oice Response System (VRS) VRS MESSA GE CONTROL L:5 R:7 E:3 ? Y ou press CALL and dial 116 to record, listen to or erase a VRS message. PLA Y VRS MSG MESSA GE No. Y ou press CALL, dial 116 then 5 to listen to a recorded VRS message.
Char ts and Illustrations 64 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Figure 1: SUPER DISPLA Y TELEPHONE Handsfree, Handset, Page and BGM Volume Control Alphanumeric Soft Keys Display 1 234 56 78 9 1 0 1 1.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 65 Figure 2: MUL TIB UTT ON TELEPHONE Handsfree, Handset, Page and BGM Volume Control Soft Keys (Not available on all models) Alphanumeric.
Char ts and Illustrations 66 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Figure 3: 110-BUTT ON DSS CONSOLE N2IP-3 21 22 23 24 25 26 31 32 33 34 35 36 41 42 43 44 45 46 51 52 53 54 55 56 1 234 56 11 12 13 14 1.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 67 Figure 4: 24-BUTT ON DSS CONSOLE N2IP-7 3 4 5 6 1 2 8 9 10 11 12 7 15 16 17 18 13 14 20 21 22 23 24 19.
Char ts and Illustrations 68 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Figure 5: Digital T wo-Button T elephone 2 5 8 0 4 7 3 6 9 CALL 2 CALL 1 L1 L2 DND HOLD LND DIAL MIC FLASH SPK VOL 0893200 - 3 1 Line K.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 69 Figure 6: Cordless Lite II (Spread Spectrum) T elephone 0893408 - 1 900MHz DIGIT AL HOLD T ALK CH CONF REDIAL TRANSFER 1 2 abc 3 def 4 ghi 5 jkl 6 mno 7 pqrs 8 tuv 0 oper 9 wxyz RING /VOL ON/OFF MUTE 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 1.
Char ts and Illustrations 70 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Figure 7: Cordless II T elephone 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 abc ON R/VOL MUTE OFF 5 jkl 6 mno 4 ghi 8 tuv 9 wxyz 7 pqrs 0 oper # 3 def 1 0893408-2 1. Ringer ON/OFF switch 2. Message Display 3.
Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 71 Figure 8: Aspire Wireless T elephone.
Char ts and Illustrations 72 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual - For Y our Notes -.
Abbreviated Dialing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 73 Abbreviated Dialing Description Abbre viated Dialing giv es an extension user quick access to frequently called numbers. This sa ves time, for example, when calling a client with whom the y deal often.
Abbreviated Dialing 74 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Using a Programmab le Function Key T o streamline frequently-called numbers, an Abbreviated Dialing Programmable Function K ey can also store an Abbreviated Dialing bin number . When the extension user presses the k ey , the phone automatically dials out the stored number .
Abbreviated Dialing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 75 ➻ 15-07-01 : Programming Function K eys Assign a function ke y for Common Abbreviated Dialing (code 27 ) or Group Abbreviated Dialing (code 28). Y ou can program the key as either a general Abbreviated Dialing k ey or you can choose to store a bin number with the function ke y .
Abbreviated Dialing 76 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T oll Restriction T oll Restriction may pre vent a user from using a stored Abbreviated Dialing number . T runk Group Routing Unless a user preselects a trunk, T runk Group Routing selects the trunk Abbre viated Dialing uses for trunk calls.
Abbreviated Dialing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 77 T o dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing n umber: F our-digit bin numbers must be dialed using the ke yset’ s Soft Ke ys. 3-Digit Bin Number s Onl y 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line set, lift handset.
Abbreviated Dialing 78 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T o dial a Group Abbre viated Dialing number: 3-Digit Bin Numbers Onl y 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line set, lift handset. 2. Dial #4 (000-999). OR Press DIAL ke y . OR Press Group Abbreviated Dialing ke y (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 28).
Account Codes Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 79 Account Codes Description Account Codes are user-dialed codes that help the system administrator cate gorize and/or restrict trunk calls.
Account Codes 80 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Timer Modi fi ed to Allow f or Forced Account Code Interdigit Timer Programming has been changed which will allow the adjustment of the interdigit timer used for Forced Account Codes. Previously , this was fi x ed at 3 seconds.
Account Codes Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 81 Conditions (A.) If a user enters a code that exceeds the 16 digit limit, the system ignores the Account Code entry . (B.) If the system has Account Codes disabled, the digits dialed (e.g., *1234*) appear on the SMDR report as part of the number dialed.
Account Codes 82 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Abbreviated Dialing Abbre viated Dialing bins can contain stored Account Codes. Prev ent them from being dis- played using 20-07-04. A utomatic Route Selection ARS can force a user to enter an Authorization Code prior to using a certain route.
Account Codes Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 83 T o enter an Account Code before dialing the outside n umber: If your system has F orced Account Codes, you must use this procedur e. If it has V eri- fi ed Account Codes, you can use this pr ocedure instead of letting the system pr ompt you for your Account Code .
Account Codes 84 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T o enter an Account Code for an incoming call: This pr ocedur e is not available at SLTs. 1. Answer incoming call. If Account Codes for Incoming Calls is disabled, the following steps will dial digits out onto the connected trunk.
Alarm Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 85 Alarm Description Alarm lets a ke yset extension work lik e an Alarm clock. An extension user can hav e Alarm remind them of a meeting or an appointment.
Alarm 86 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o set the alarm: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line set, lift handset. 2. Dial 827. 3. Dial alarm type (1 or 2). Alarm 1 sounds only once. Alarm 2 sounds each day at the pr eset time.
Alarm Repor ts Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 87 Alarm Reports Refer to the Maintenance (page 391) f or information on this feature..
Alphanumeric Displa y 88 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Alphanumeric Display Description Multibutton display telephones ha ve a 3-line, 24 character per line alphanumeric display that pro- vides v arious feature status messages. These messages help the display telephone user process calls, identify callers and customize features.
Analog Comm unications Interface (A CI) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 89 Analog Communications Interface (ACI) Description The Analog Communications Interface (A CI) feature uses a PGD AD module to provide two analog ports (with associated relays) for Music on Hold, External Paging or auxiliary de vices such as tape recorders and loud bells.
Analog Comm unications Interface (A CI) 90 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual By using Department Calling, you can arrange multiple tape recorders into a pool. When an extension user dials the Department Group pilot number , they reach the fi rst av ailable tape recorder in the pool.
Analog Comm unications Interface (A CI) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 91 Default Setting No PGD AD modules programmed. Pr ogramming ➻ 10-03-01 : PCB Setup - T erminal T ype (Cir cuit 1) 10-03-06 : PCB Setup - T erminal T ype (Cir cuit 2) The circuit should be assigned a type “9” for ACI or type “7”for an e xternal ringer .
Analog Comm unications Interface (A CI) 92 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 14-09-01 : A CI Conv ersation Recording Destination for T runks - A CI Recording Destination Extension Number Use this option to assign the ACI Call Recording destination on a per trunk basis.
Analog Comm unications Interface (A CI) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 93 Related Features A utomatic Call Distribution (A CD) A CD agents which are logged on can be recorded. Backgr ound Music A CI software ports cannot be Background Music music sources.
Aspire Wireless 94 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Aspire Wireless Description The Aspire system provides the ability to use 2.4 GHz Aspire W ireless/DECT (Digital Enhanced Cordless T elecommunication) phones.
Aspire Wireless Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 95 Out-of-Range When a Aspire W ireless phone receiv es an incoming call and the phone is considered out-of-range (Program 20-22-05 timer expires), what the system does with the call and what the caller hears depends on system programming.
Aspire Wireless 96 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Enhanced Features Added The features for the Aspire W ireless phones hav e been enhanced. Note: In order to enable these enhancements, the Aspire W ireless phones must be updated to software version PP4 and the DSIU PCB must be updated to 1.
Aspire Wireless Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 97 Related Features Caller ID Aspire Wireless phones can pro vide Caller ID information if it is provided by telco.
Aspire Wireless 98 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Picking up calls not ringing y our phone . . . Answering a call ringing P aging after hours: 1. Press the ON-HOOK/OFF-HOOK key . 2. Dial # + 0. When a call is ringing a co-worker’ s phone: 1. Press the ON-HOOK/OFF-HOOK key .
Aspire Wireless Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 99 Abbreviated Dialing: Common and Group (Speed Dial) Store Common or Group Abbre viated Dialing numbers: 1. Press the ON-HOOK/OFF-HOOK key . 2. Dial 853 (for Common). OR Dial 854 (for Group). 3. Dial Abbreviated Dialing bin number .
Aspire Wireless 100 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 5. Press the OK button. 6. Input the character(s) by pressing dial pad. While inputting char acters, the cursor blinks.
Aspire Wireless Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 101 7. Press the OK button to start the search. The display shows the ABB/EXT name in the fi r st line (Max. 12 characters). The ABB/EXT number is shown in the second and thir d line (Max. 20 digits).
Aspire Wireless 102 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Use the Phone’ s T elephone Book for P ersonal Numbers Store a number in the T elephone Book: 1. While idle, dial the number to be stored. 2. Press the > key + the OK key . 3. Enter the name associated with the number + the OK key .
Aspire Wireless Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 103 Camp On / Callback If y ou heard a b usy signal when calling a co-worker , use Camp On or Callbac k: 1. Dial 2 to Camp On (wait without hanging up). (Inter com calls) If you hear two beeps, you can speak.
Aspire Wireless 104 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T urning y our handset on: 1. Press the ON-HOOK/OFF-HOOK key . When the handset is on, is shown in the lower left corner of the display if the handset has been subscribed to a system. Hold Placing a call on Hold: 1.
Aspire Wireless Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 105 Name Entry: The dial pad digits are used for writing the name to be placed in the Phone Book. For e xample, press the digit 2 ke y once for A, twice for B, three times for C, etc. The arro w keys can be used to mo ve the cursor left or right.
Aspire Wireless 106 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual P ark and Page Use P ark and Page to be paged f or calls while awa y from your desk 1. Press the ON-HOOK/OFF-HOOK key .
Aspire Wireless Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 107 Registration Registering an Aspire Wireless Handset T o cancel the r e gistration pr ocess at any point, press the SPK or Headset k ey , or place the handset on-hook. 1. From a keyset, press SPK ke y and dial the service code de fi ned in Program 11-10-30.
Aspire Wireless 108 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Save Save y our call for quic k dialing later on: 1. While on a call, press the R (HOLD/RECALL) key + 815. Quickl y redial your saved n umber: 1. Press the ON-HOOK/OFF-HOOK key + 815. When r edialing, the system selects an outside line for you.
Aspire XL Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 109 Aspire XL Description T o enhance the Aspire system, which previously only supported 256 digital/analog extensions (not including IP and Wireless), the Aspire XL system is now a vailable.
Aspire XL 110 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● Po wer Supply Cabinet (IP1WW-XLPS CABINET/ F or the IP1WW -PSADU-A1) - P/N 0890068 IP1WW -XLPSU CABINET can contain maximum two IP1WW -P ASDU-A1s. The cabinet accommodates up to two A C/DC power supplies.
Aspire XL Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 111 The Aspire XL system can support mixed hardware con fi gurations. With an Aspire XL A C/ DC po wer supply cabinet and DC/DC Con verter , the second cabinet can contain up to two Aspire M/L po wer supplies (P/N 0891000).
Aspire XL 112 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Conditions ● Prior to updating system software, due to capacity dif ferences, a database fi le must be made in order to revert to any older v ersion of software. The expanded database fi le from a 4.
Attendant Call Queuing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 113 Attendant Call Queuing Description Attendant extensions can ha ve up to 32 incoming calls queued before additional callers hear busy tone. This helps minimize call congestion in systems that use the attendant as the o ver fl ow destina- tion for unanswered calls.
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 114 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Description Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) uniformly distributes calls among member agents of a pro- grammed ACD Group.
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 115 For each A CD Group, you can set the following conditions: - The number of trunks that can w ait in queue before the Queue Status Display occurs. - Ho w often the time in queue portion of the display reoccurs.
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 116 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● During Mode Pattern 1, A CD agents will belong to ACD groups 1, 2, and 16 at the same time.
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 117 ● Emergency Call If an ACD Agent needs assistance with a caller , they can place an Emergency Call to their A CD Group Supervisor . Once the supervisor answers the Emergency Call, the y automatically monitor both the ACD Agent and the caller .
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 118 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● Rest Mode Rest Mode temporarily logs-out an A CD agent’ s phone. There are two types of Rest Mode:- - Manual Rest Mode An ACD Agent can enable Manual Rest Mode anytime they w ant to temporarily log out of the ACD Group.
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 119 ● W ork Time W ork T ime temporarily busies-out an A CD agent’ s phone so they can work at their desk unin- terrupted. This gi ves the agent time to fi ll out important logs and records as soon as they are fi nished with their call.
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 120 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual - Enhanced Supervisor Options An ACD supervisor can indi vidually assign extensions to ACD Groups, and set an agent’ s status once assigned. This pro vides the supervisor with tremendous fl exibility to reassign agents as work loads v ary .
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 121 When Logged Out of A CD Group When ACD agents are logged out and a call is placed into the A CD queue, the phones of the logged out agents will display the Queue Status and hear the alarm according to the settings de fi ned in system programming.
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 122 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual (D.) In order to scroll through the ACD groups queue status, the Queue Status Display Programmable Function ke y must be used. Y ou cannot scroll when the Queue Status Display appears due to an alarm condition.
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 123 The system can no w allow either an of f-premise number (using a programmed Abbreviated Dial number) or incoming ring group for the ACD Ov er fl ow T ransfer destination.
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 124 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming Refer to the ACD Manual (P/N 0893202) for complete programming details. ➻ 11-13-01 - 11-13-13 : Service Code Setup (F or A CD) If required, customize the service codes which are used with the ACD feature.
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 125 ➻ 20-13-33 : Class of Service Options (Supplementary Service) - A CD Supervisor’ s Position Enhancement This option must be enabled in order for the operator to use service codes in Program 11-13- 10 through 11-13-13.
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 126 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 41-05-01 : A CD Agent W ork Schedules Set up the W ork Schedules for ACD Agents and Groups. For each ACD W ork Schedule (1-4), designate the start and stop times for each of the eight W ork Periods.
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 127 ➻ 41-10-04 : PGD AD Delay Announcement - 2nd Delay Announcement Connection T imer For each A CD group (01-64), set the timer the system waits before playing the second delay announcement (0-64800 seconds).
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 128 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 41-14-02 : A CD Options - Wrap Up Mode Set the Wrap Up Mode option (0=After wrap up mode key is pressed, 1=After call is fi nished automatically) for ACD Groups (01-64).
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 129 ➻ 41-17-01 : A CD Login Mode Setup De fi ne the ACD login mode (0=normal, 1=AIC) for each e xtension. If set to ‘1’: - Program 41-02-01 is used. - Note that a supervisor can not log in/out an AIC member as they are not normal A CD agents.
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 130 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 41-19-06 : V oice Mail Delay Announcement - T one Kind at Message Interval For each A CD Group (01-64), de fi ne the what the caller will hear between the messages (0=ring back tone, 1=MOH, 2=BGM).
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 131 Operation T ransferring Calls to an A CD Group T o T ransf er a call to an ACD Gr oup: 1. At keyset or DSL, press HOLD. OR At SL T , hook fl ash Y ou hear T ransfer dial tone.
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 132 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Agent Log In and Log Out T o log y our extension into the A CD Group: K eyset Y our display shows: W AIT A CD LOGIN.
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 133 AIC Agent Log In T o log in: K eyset 1. Press the A CD Log In/Log Out key (Program 15-07 or SC 852: *10). OR 1. Press CALL key and dial the AIC Log In service code (Program 11-13-08).
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 134 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Multiple Agent Log In T o log in: K eyset 1. Press the A CD Log In/Log Out key (Program 15-07 or SC 852: *10). 2. Dial 0 to cancel the log out option. 3. Dial the Agent Identity Code (AIC) (up to 4 digits).
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 135 Changing A CD Group Assignment T o change y our A CD Group Assignment: 1. Log out of your A CD Group (see the instructions abov e). 2. Press idle CALL key . 3. Dial 170. 4. Dial the number of the A CD Group (1-64) into which you want to log.
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 136 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Queue Status Display When Logged Into A CD Group 1. With an idle k eyset, press the Queue Status Display Programmable Function Ke y (Code: *19). The display indicates the number of calls in queue, the trunk name, and the length of time the call has been waiting.
A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 137 T o cancel the manual Rest Mode/Off-Duty Mode: K eyset 1. Press the A CD Rest Mode key (PGM 15-07 or SC 852: *13). The A CD Rest Mode ke y light goes off. Single Line T elephone 1.
A utomatic Route Selection 138 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Automatic Route Selection Description Automatic Route Selection (ARS) provides call routing and call restriction based on the digits a user dials. ARS gives the system the most cost-ef fectiv e use of the connected long distance carriers.
A utomatic Route Selection Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 139 Class of Service Option Allows Outgoing Calls to Not Follow Access Map Using this option allows an e xtension’ s Class of Service to be set so that ARS does not follow the trunk access map settings (Program 14-07-01 and 15-06-01).
A utomatic Route Selection 140 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual With Program 26-01-06: ARS COS Match Access disabled (set to '0'): ● If at 9:00 AM, each extension dialed '9+(203)92.
A utomatic Route Selection Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 141 ➻ Program 26-02 f or Dial Analysis T able for ARS/LCR set as: ➻ Program 26-03-01 f or ARS Dial T r eatments set as: T able No. 1 - Dial T reatment: A1RE ➻ Program 26-11-01 f or T ransit Network ID T able set as: T able No.
A utomatic Route Selection 142 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 20-03-04 : System Options f or Single Line T elephones - Dial Sending Start Time f or SL T or ARS When ARS or an analog extension user accesses a trunk and dials an outside call, the system waits this interv al before outdialing the fi rst digit (0-64800 seconds).
A utomatic Route Selection Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 143 ➻ 26-02-03 : Dial Analysis T able f or ARS - Additional Data / Service Number For each Dial Analysis T able (1-200), if Service T ype 1 was selected in Program 26-02-02, enter the trunk group number (0-100, 0=no route).
A utomatic Route Selection 144 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 44-02-03 : Dial Analysis T able f or ARS/F-Route Access - Additional Data If a Service T ype is selected in Program 44-02-02, set the additional data, if required, for the Pre-T ransaction T able for selecting ARS/F-Route (24 digits max: 1-9, 0 * #, @).
A utomatic Route Selection Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 145 ➻ 44-06-01 : Additional Dial T able If an Additional Dial Number T able is entered in Program 44-05-03, de fi ne the additional dial table (1-1000) to add digits in front of the dialed ARS/F-Route number (24 digits max: 1-9, 0 * #, Pause).
A utomatic Route Selection 146 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T runk Group Routing A system with Automatic Route Selection cannot also have T runk Group Routing. T runk Queuing/Camp On W ith ARS installed, T runk Queuing automatically queues for the least costly route.
Bac kground Music Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 147 Background Music Description Background Music (BGM) sends music from a customer-pro vided music source to speakers in key- sets. If an extension user acti vates it, BGM plays whene ver the user’ s extension is idle.
Barge In 148 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Barge In Description Barge In permits an e xtension user to break into another extension user’ s established call, including Conference calls. This sets up a Conference-type con versation between the intruding extension and the parties on the initial call.
Barge In Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 149 ➻ 20-13-10 : Class of Service Options (Supplementary Service) - Bar ge In Mode In an extension’ s Class of Service, enable the Barge In Speech Mode (0) or Monitor Mode (1) at the initiating extension (i.
Barge In 150 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o Barge In after calling a b usy extension: The call must be set up for about 10 seconds befor e you can Barg e In. Listen for busy/ring or b usy tone. 1. Call busy extension. 2. Press Barge In ke y (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 34).
Call Co verage Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 151 Call Coverage Please refer to the Multiple Dir ectory Numbers / Call Coverage (page 419) f or information on this feature.
Call Duration Timer 152 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Call Duration Timer Description Call Duration T imer lets a keyset user time their trunk calls on the telephone display . This helps users that must keep track of their time on the phone. For incoming trunk calls, the Call Timer begins as soon as the user answers the call.
Call Forwar ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 153 Call Forwarding Description Call Forw arding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another e xtension. Call For - warding ensures that the user’ s calls are covered when the y are away from their work area.
Call Forwar ding 154 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual When Call Forw ard Follo w Me is set up in a chain, forwarding cannot be canceled by the middle keyset (as sho wn in the example belo w) while on a call. Conditions (A.) Normally , the system does not allow the chaining of Call F orwards.
Call Forwar ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 155 Pr ogramming ➻ 11-11-01 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - Call Forward, Immediate 11-11-02 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Acce.
Call Forwar ding 156 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console A DSS ke y will only indicate a Call Forwarding indication for e xtensions forwarded with Per- sonal Answering Machine Emulation (*2 + 1) or Immediate Call Forwarding (*2 + 4).
Call Forwar ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 157 2. Dial 1 plus extension to enable; dial 0 to disable. Once you activate Call F orwarding, only your Call F orwar ding destination can place an Inter com call to you. 3. Dial destination extension, V oice Mail master number or press V oice Mail key .
Call Forwar ding, Fixed 158 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Call Forwarding, Fixed Description Fixed Call F orwarding is a type of forwarding that is permanently in force at an extension. Calls to an extension with Fix ed Call Forwarding enabled automatically reroute - without any user action.
Call Forwar ding, Fixed Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 159 Description (Cont’ d) Fixed Call Forwar ding Chaining Fixed Call F orward Chaining allows Fix ed Call Forwards to loop from one e xtension to the next. For e xample, you could have the chain 301 ☞ 302 ☞ 303 ☞ 304 set up for Fix ed Call Forw arding when Busy .
Call Forwar ding, Fixed 160 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 24-02-03 : System Options f or T ransfer - Delayed Call F orwarding Time Set the Delayed Call Forw arding interval. F or an unanswered call, Fixed Call Forwarding When Unanswered occurs after this interv al.
Call Forwar ding, Off-Premise Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 161 Call Forwarding, Off-Premise Description Of f-Premise (OPX) Call Forwarding allo ws an extension user to forward their calls to an of f-site location.
Call Forwar ding, Off-Premise 162 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual (D.) Call Forwarding an e xtension in a Department Group will prev ent that extension from recei v- ing Department Pilot Calls.
Call Forwar ding, Off-Premise Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 163 ➻ 15-07-01 : Programmable Function K eys For one-touch access to the Call F orwarding Device setup code (*4 ), assign a function ke y for Call Forw arding (Device). For Of f-Premise Call Forwarding by a Door Box, assign a function ke y (54) if required.
Call Forwar ding, Off-Premise 164 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T runk-to-T runk Forwarding - DID (3) T runk Forwarding b y Depar tment Groups (in addition to abov e programming) Refer to Department Calling for additional Department Gr oup pr ogramming.
Call Forwar ding, Off-Premise Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 165 T runk-to-T runk Forwarding - DID (3) T runk Forwarding Using DID T ranslation T able (in addition to abov e programming) Refer to Dir ect Inward Dialing (DID) for additional DID pr ogramming .
Call Forwar ding, Off-Premise 166 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Off-Premise Call Forwarding f or Door Box es: These operations ar e performed at the Door Box Ringing Extension only . T o activate Call Forwar ding Off-Premise by Door Bo x 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y + Dial 822.
Call Forwar ding, Off-Premise Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 167 Method 2 (follo ws the pre-de fi ned destination in Program 24-04-01): Set A utomatic T runk Forwarding: The Abbr eviated Dial bin must be de fi ned in 13-04-01 in or der for the line to forward.
Call Forwar ding, Off-Premise 168 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Method 2 (follo ws the pre-de fi ned destination in Program 24-05-01): Set A utomatic T runk Forwarding: The Abbr eviated Dial bin must be de fi ned in 13-04-01 in or der for the line to forward.
Call Forwar ding with Follow Me Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 169 Call Forwarding with Follow Me Description While at a co-worker’ s desk, a user can hav e Call Forwarding with Follo w Me redirect their calls to the co-worker’ s extension. This helps an employee who gets detained at a co-work er’ s desk longer than expected.
Call Forwar ding with Follow Me 170 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o activate Call Forwar d Follow Me: 1. At a keyset other than your o wn, press idle CALL key and dial *2 . OR Press Call Forw ard (Station) key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 15).
Call Forwar ding/Do Not Disturb Override Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 171 Call Forwarding/Do Not Disturb Override Description An extension user can o verride Call Forwarding or Do Not Disturb at another e xtension. This is helpful, for example, to dispatchers and of fi ce managers that always need to get through.
Call Pic kup Group 172 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Call Pickup Group Please refer to Gr oup Call Pickup (page 339) f or information on this f eature .
Call Redirect Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 173 Call Redirect Description Call Redirect allo ws a keyset user to transfer a call to a pre-de fi ned destination (such as an operator , voice mail, or another e xtension) without answering the call.
Call Redirect 174 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o r edirect a ringing call: 1. With an incoming call ringing your e xtension, press the Call Redirect key (Program 15-07 or SC 851: 49 + Destination Extension Number) without lifting the handset or pressing the CALL keys.
Call W aiting / Camp On Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 175 Call Waiting / Camp On Description W ith Call W aiting, an e xtension user may call a busy extension and wait in line (Camp-On) without hanging up. When the user Camps-On, the system signals the busy extension with two beeps indi- cating the waiting call.
Call W aiting / Camp On 176 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 20-13-35 : Class of Service Options (Supplementary Service) - Block Camp-On Use this option to enable (1) or disable (0) an extension’ s ability to block callers from dialing 2 to Camp On.
Callbac k Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 177 Callback Description When an extension user calls a co-w orker that doesn’t answer , they can leav e a Callback request for a return call. The user does not ha ve to repeatedly call the unanswered extension back, hoping to fi nd it idle.
Callbac k 178 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Call W aiting (Camp-On) If an extension user initiates a Callback b ut does not hang up, their extension Camps-On to the busy e xtension. Programmab le Function Keys Function K eys simplify Callback operation.
Caller ID Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 179 Caller ID Description Caller ID allo ws a display keyset to sho w an incoming caller’ s telephone number (called the Direc- tory Number or DN) and optional name. The Caller ID information is a vailable as pre-answer dis- play .
Caller ID 180 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual digits long. In Multiple Message Format, the telco sends the DN and the caller’ s name. The DN for this format is also 7 or 10 digits long, and the name provided consists of up to 15 ASCII characters.
Caller ID Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 181 Description (Cont’ d) Outputting Caller ID Data The system includes the Caller ID data on the SMDR report. The report pro vides the incoming call’ s DN in the DIALED NUMBER fi eld. The CLASS fi eld sho ws PIN (just like all other incoming calls).
Caller ID 182 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Caller ID Sender Queuing Added The Aspire system can provide Caller ID (calling party number) to a single line telephone which has a display . W ith older software, if all Caller ID sender resources were busy in the system, the call w ould ring the SL T without an y Caller ID information displayed.
Caller ID Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 183 Flexib le Ringing by Caller ID The Flexible Ringing by Caller ID feature pro vides several dif ferent options for rerouting calls based on the Caller ID recei ved.
Caller ID 184 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 14-02-10 : Analog T runk Data Setup - Caller ID Enable (1) or disable (0) a trunk’ s ability to receive Caller ID name/number information.
Caller ID Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 185 ➻ 20-09-03 : Class of Service Options (Incoming Call Service) - Sub Address Identi fi cation In an extension’ s Class of Service, enable (1) or disable (0) the extension’ s ability to display the Caller Sub-Address.
Caller ID 186 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Abbreviated Dialing / One-T ouc h Calling Caller ID information can be stored in Abbreviated Dialing or One-T ouch bins. Aspire Wireless Caller ID can be displayed for incoming calls, as well as transferred calls.
Caller ID Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 187 Operation DISPLA YING THE INCOMING NUMBER T o display the name/n umber of an incoming call only lamping your telephone: Without A utomatic Handsfree on Incoming Line/Loop K ey Calls (Program 15-02-08=0) 1.
Caller ID 188 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 4. Press the STORE Soft K ey . The display sho ws: ## = List Number xx = Caller ID number mm-dd hh:mm = incoming date and time OneT = Stor e in One-T ouch ke y ABBc = Stor e in Common Abbr eviated Dial bin ABBg = Stor e in Gr oup Abbr eviated Dial bin 5.
Caller ID Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 189 9. Press HOLD. The display sho ws: 10. Press SPK. The telephone r eturns to an idle condition. T o store a Caller ID number in a one-touch ke y: 1. With a k eyset in an idle condition the display shows: 2.
Caller ID 190 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 5. Press the ONET Soft Key . The display shows: 6. Press the One-T ouch key in which the number is to be stored or dial 1-9, 0. If you press HOLD, the next a vailable One-T ouch ke y will be used. The display shows: If all One-T ouc h ke ys are used, the display shows “T ABLE IS FULL”.
Caller ID Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 191 T emporar y Memory / Call History An unanswered call will cause the Call History ke y (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 08) to fl ash, indicating a new call has been placed in the temporary memory . If enabled in programming, the telephone’ s display will sho w “CHECK LIST”.
Caller ID 192 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual CHECKING Y OUR ANSWERED/UNANSWERED CALLER ID CALLS With software prior to 4.93: T o revie w the last 16 outside calls your extension received: 1. At a display keyset, press the LIST soft ke y . 2. Press CID.
Center T elephone Book Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 193 Center Telephone Book Description The Center T elephone Book is a ne w feature providing each user up to two personal telephone books which can be used to store numbers.
Center T elephone Book 194 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 15-19-06 : System T elephone Book Setup for Extension - Locking T elephone Book For each e xtension, determine if the T elephone Book should be locked (1) or unlocked (0) by default. A user can unlock the T elephone Book using the service code de fi ned in Program 11- 11-56.
Center T elephone Book Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 195 Operation New Registration Registration allo ws the user to enter new data into the telephone book. 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Key . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice.
Center T elephone Book 196 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Name Searc h A user can search the Center T elephone Book by name. 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Ke y . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice. TELBK is displayed on Soft K ey 1.
Center T elephone Book Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 197 Group Sear ch A user can search the Center T elephone Book by group name. 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Key . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice. TELBK is displayed on Soft K ey 1.
Center T elephone Book 198 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T elephone Number Search A user can search the Center T elephone Book by number . 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Key . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice. TELBK is displayed on Soft K ey 1.
Center T elephone Book Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 199 Searc h Memor y A user can search the Center T elephone Book by memory number . 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Ke y . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice. TELBK is displayed on Soft K ey 1.
Center T elephone Book 200 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Delete All Data A user can delete all the Center T elephone Book information using the follo wing steps. 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Ke y . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice.
Center T elephone Book Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 201 Change the T elephone Book Data A user can change the Center T elephone Book data. 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Key . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice. TELBK is displayed on Soft K ey 1.
Center T elephone Book 202 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Delete an Entry in the T elephone Book A user can delete one entry in the Center T elephone Book. 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Ke y . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice.
Center T elephone Book Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 203 Registering Caller ID to the Center T elephone Book While revie wing the Caller ID list, a user can add a record into the Center T elephone Book with the follo wing operation. This function can only be performed if the Center T elephone Book is unlocked.
Center T elephone Book 204 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Registering a LND to the Center T elephone Book While re viewing the Last Number Dialed (LND) list, a user can add a record into the Center T ele- phone Book with the follo wing operation.
Center T elephone Book Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 205 SETTINGS Changing the Group Name 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Ke y . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice. TELBK is displayed on Soft K ey 1. 2. Press the TELBK Soft K ey .
Center T elephone Book 206 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Locking/Unloc king a T elephone Book Locking a T elephone Book will pre vent any changes to it until the book is unlocked. 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Ke y . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice.
Center T elephone Book Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 207 Edit the P asswor d for Locking/Unloc king a T elephone Book Locking a T elephone Book will pre vent any changes to it until the book is unlocked. This operation changes the password a user would enter to lock/unlock the T elephone Book.
Central Office Calls, Answering 208 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Central Office Calls, Answering Description The system provides fl e xible routing of incoming CO (trunks) calls to meet the exact site require- ments. This lets trunk calls ring and be answered at an y combination of system extensions.
Central Office Calls, Answering Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 209 CODEC Filter Data Setup Program Ad ded When Program 81-07-01 : CODEC Filter Setup f or Analog T runk P orts is set to "4 - Speci fi ed Data", the system will use the settings in Program 81-09 : COIU CODEC Filter Data Setup .
Central Office Calls, Answering 210 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● T o transfer the “Pri vate” Caller ID incoming call to incoming ring group 2 as ring pattern 3: Program 14-01-27: 1 (re.
Central Office Calls, Answering Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 211 Default Setting Enabled. Pr ogramming ➻ 10-03-03 : PCB Setup, F or SLIU Unit - T ransmit CODEC Gain T ype 10-03-04 : PCB Setu.
Central Office Calls, Answering 212 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 14-05-01 : T runk Groups For Uni versal Answer, assign trunks to trunk groups then go to Program 14-06 belo w to set up T runk Group Routing.
Central Office Calls, Answering Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 213 ➻ 15-07-01 : Programming Function K eys T o hav e outside calls ring speci fi c keys, assign trunks to line ke ys (code *01 + trunk). Y ou can also program function ke ys as trunk group or loop keys (*02 or *05).
Central Office Calls, Answering 214 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 22-01-02 : System Options f or Incoming Calls - Incoming Call Ring No Answer Alarm Enable (1) or disable (0) the Incoming Call RN A Alarm. If enabled, the ring cadence will change for a call that rings longer than the interv al set in 22-01-03.
Central Office Calls, Answering Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 215 ➻ 22-18-03 : Private Call Assignment Setup - Incoming Ring Pattern Determine the ring pattern to be used ( 0 = normal pattern, 1-4 = tone pattern 1-4, 5-9 = scale pattern 1-5) for a “Pri vate” Caller ID call.
Central Office Calls, Answering 216 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features A utomatic Call Distribution (A CD) The incoming ring group assignment programmed in 41-03-01 ov errides the setting in Pro- gram 22-05-01.
Central Office Calls, Answering Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 217 Operation T o answer an incoming trunk call: 1. Lift handset. 2. At keyset, press fl ashing line ke y . If you don’ t have a line or loop key for a trunk call ringing your phone , it rings an idle CALL ke y .
Central Office Calls, Placing 218 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Central Office Calls, Placing Description The system provides fl e xibility in the way each extension user can place outgoing trunk calls. This lets you customize the call placing options to meet site requirements and each individual’ s needs.
Central Office Calls, Placing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 219 Conditions (A.) The system pro vides analog trunk CO service via COIU PCBs. COIU PCBs can connect to either loop start or ground start CO lines. Refer to the system hardware manual for additional details.
Central Office Calls, Placing 220 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 14-02-11 : Analog T runk Data Setup - Next T runk in Rotary if No Dial T one Use this option to enable (1) or disable (0) the system’ s ability to skip over a trunk if dial tone is not detected.
Central Office Calls, Placing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 221 ➻ 20-02-09 : System Options f or Multi-Line T elephones - Disconnect Supervision Enable (1) disconnect supervision for the system. ➻ 20-06-01 : Class of Service f or Extensions Assign a Class Of Service (1-15) to extensions.
Central Office Calls, Placing 222 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 82-09-01 : SLIU CODEC Filter Data Setup The system will use the settings in the new Program 82-09 : SLIU CODEC Filter Data Setup when Program 82-07-01 : CODEC Filter Setup f or Analog Station Ports is set to "4 - Speci fi ed Data".
Central Office Calls, Placing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 223 Operation T o place a call over a trunk gr oup: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line set, lift handset. 2. Dial 804. 3. Dial line group number (Aspire S: 1-8, Aspire: 1-9 or 001-100).
Class of Service 224 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Class of Service Description Class of Service (COS) sets various features and dialing options (called items) for e xtensions. The system allo ws any number of e xtensions to share the same Class of Service.
Class of Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 225 If changing Class of Service via Service Code: ➻ 20-13-28 : Class of Service Options (Supplementary Service) - Allow Station COS to be Changed Use this option to permit (1) or block (0) another extension from changing this e xtension’ s Class of Service via Service Code 177.
Class of Service 226 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 12 T runk Port Disable T urn off or on an e xtension’ s ability to busy out a trunk. using Service Code 145. The user which b usied out the trunk will still hav e access to the trunk for placing outgoing calls.
Class of Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 227 25 Set/Cancel Caller ID Refuse T urn on (1) or off (0) an e xtension’ s ability to use the Caller ID Refuse service code or function key .
Class of Service 228 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Class of Service Options (Outgoing Call Service), Program 20-08 Item No. Item Input Data Default Related Program COS 01-14 COS 15 01 Intercom Calls T urn off or on Intercom calling for the e xtension.
Class of Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 229 15 Block Outgoing Caller ID T urn off or on the system’ s ability to automatically block outgo- ing Caller ID information when a user places a call.
Class of Service 230 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 06 Incoming Time Information Display If this option is set to “1”, the Incoming Call T ime is displayed on the ke yset’ s LCD while the phone is ringing. 0 = Off 1 = On 00 Class of Service Options (Answer Service), Program 20-10 Item No.
Class of Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 231 Class of Service Options (Answer Service), Program 20-11 Item No. Item Input Data Default COS 01-14 COS 15 01 Call F orward Immediate T urn off or on an e xtension’ s ability to initiate Call Forwarding Immediate.
Class of Service 232 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 15 VRS Personal Gr eeting T urn off or on an e xtension’ s ability to dial Service Code *4 7 to record, listen to or erase the Personal Greeting Message.
Class of Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 233 05 Intercom Off Hook Signaling T urn off or on an e xtension’ s ability to receive of f hook signals. 0 = Off 1 = On 11 06 A utomatic Off Hook Signaling Allo ws a busy e xtension to manually (0) or automatically (1) receive of f hook signals.
Class of Service 234 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 18 Programmable Function K ey Programming (General Lev el) T urn off or on an e xtension’ s ability to program their General function ke ys using Service Code 851 (by default). (Refer to Program 20-07- 10 for Service Code 852.
Class of Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 235 31 Connected Line Identi fi cation (COLP) 0 = Off 1 = On 00 32 Deny Multiple Barge Ins T urn off or on the e xtension’ s ability to have multiple user’ s Barge In to their con versation.
Class of Service 236 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Class of Service Options (DISA/E&M Service), Program 20-14 Item No. Item Input Data Default COS 01-14 COS 15 01 First Digit Absorption For tie lines, enable or disable the ability to absorb (ignore) the fi rst incoming digit.
Class of Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 237 Related Features Refer to speci fi c features f or desired Class of Service option. Night Service An extension can ha ve a different Class of Service for each Night Service mode: Day 1, Night 1, Midnight 1, Rest 1, Day 2, Night 2, Midnight 2, or Rest 2.
Class of Service 238 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 10. Enter the Midnight 2 Mode Class of Service for the extension you selected in step 3 and press HOLD. Y ou see: MODE8:nn Pr ess HOLD to leave the current value unc hanged. 11. Enter the Rest 2 Mode Class of Service for the extension you selected in step 3 and press HOLD.
Computer T elephon y Integration (CTI) Applications Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 239 Computer T elephony Integration (CTI) Applications Description Computer T elephony Inte gration (CTI) applications automate your of fi ce with T API compatibility and external PC control.
Conference 240 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Conference Description Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to their con versation. W ith Conference, a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting without leaving the of fi ce.
Conference Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 241 T ransfer Call Into Conference An extension with Bar ge In capability can T ransfer a call into an existing Conference. This would allow , for e xample, an attendant to locate co-workers and then Transfer them into an e xisting tele- phone meeting.
Conference 242 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 11-12-58 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - T ransfer Into Confer ence If required, change the service code used to transfer a call into a Conference call (default: 124).
Conference Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 243 Meet Me P aging Meet Me Paging lets an e xtension user set up a two-party meeting via Paging. Multiple Directory Numbers/Call Co verage Multiple Directory Number (virtual extension) ke ys do not support Conference Programmable Function ke ys nor can they be used to add a call to a Conference.
Conference 244 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Single Line Set / 2-Button T elephone 1. Establish Intercom or trunk call. 2. Single Line Set Hook fl ash and dial #1. 2-Button T elephone Press HOLD and dial #1. 3. Dial extension you want to add. OR Access trunk call.
Conference Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 245 T o drop an outside call fr om the Conference: 1. Press HOLD to place the Conference call on Hold. 2. Hang up. The lines in volved in the Conference will ring bac k separately to the phone. 3. Answer and disconnect the unwanted outside call.
Conference 246 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T o T ransf er a Call Into a Conference: 1. While on a call, press HOLD. 2. Dial the T ransfer to Conference service code (default=124). If the telephone doesn’ t have the proper COS, a warning tone is sent.
Conference, V oice Call/Priv acy Release Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 247 Conference, V oice Call/Privacy Release Description V oice Call Conference lets extension user’ s in the same work area join in a trunk Conference.
Conference, V oice Call/Priv acy Release 248 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 10-07-01 : Con versation Record Circuits Determine if there are conference circuits av ailable, that not all hav e been assigned as con ver- sation record circuits.
Continued Dialing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 249 Continued Dialing Description Continued Dialing allo ws an extension user to dial a call, wait for the called party to answer and then dial additional digits. This helps users that need services lik e V oice Mail, automatic banking and Other Common Carriers (OCCs).
Continued Dialing 250 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Pulse to T one Con version Users can place calls to services ov er Dial Pulse trunks - and then dial DTMF digits after the service answers. T oll Restriction The ability to use Continued Dialing on trunk calls is set by T oll Restriction programming.
Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 251 Cordless II/Cordless Lite II Telephones Description The Aspire System supports a Cordless T elephone.
Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones 252 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Privac y Cordless telephones are radio de vices. Communications between the handset and base of the cord- less telephone are accomplished by means of radio wa ves which are broadcast over the open air - ways.
Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 253 Hold on CO Calls No Longer Immediately Recalls The operation of the Cordless II and Cordless Lite II phones hav e been enhanced when placing an outside call on hold.
Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones 254 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual (D.) The follo wing Programmable Function Ke ys (Program 15-07-01) are not available with the Cordless Phones or hav e special conditions.
Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 255 (E.) The follo wing Service Codes are not av ailable with the Cordless Phones or have special conditions.
Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones 256 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Default Setting Disabled Pr ogramming ➻ 10-03-01 : PCB Setup The system automatically sets the circuit type for each extension (the cordless phone is identi- fi ed as circuit type 1).
Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 257 ➻ 15-02-11 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup, Callback A utomatic Answer This item should be set to ‘1’ to enable automatic answer for Callbacks. ➻ 15-07-01 : Programmable Functions K eys Assign a loop key to one of the function k eys.
Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones 258 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation Programming the f our function keys on the phone (additional ke y setup can also be done in the system programming): 1. At the same time, press and hold *# then press T ALK.
Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 259 Changing Channels . . . Change channels if y ou’ re experiencing interference while on a call: 1. Press CHAN while on a call. The T ALK icon starts blinking and stops when the handset has completed the channel chang e.
Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones 260 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual CALL FOR W ARDING Forward (rer oute) your calls to a co-w orker: 1. Press T ALK + *2. T o forwar d off-pr emise: *46 + Line access code (e.g ., 9) + Number + HOLD. T o cancel: *46 + HOLD + T ALK.
Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 261 FLASH To fl ash the trunk you are on: 1. Press TRANSFER. Pr ogram 15-02-05 must be set to “2” for Flash to work. HOLD Use Hold instead of leaving the call off-hook: 1.
Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones 262 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual MESSA GE W AITING Leave a Messa ge W aiting ( fl ashing Message W ait LED) when your co-w orker doesn’t answer: 1. Do not hang up + 0. Y our co-worker’ s Message W ait LED fl ashes fast.
Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 263 PLA CING AN OUTSIDE CALL Press a line key f or quick access: 1. Press T ALK. OR 1. Press a programmed line key . “A QUIRING LINK” blinks in the display while trying to connect to the base unit.
Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones 264 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual TRANSFER T ransfer the call y ou’re on to a co-w orker: 1. Do not hang up + HOLD. 2. Dial your co-worker’ s extension. Y ou can pr ess a One-T ouch k ey instead of dialing your co-worker .
Depar tment Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 265 Department Calling Description W ith Department Calling, an extension user can call an idle extension within a preprogrammed Department Group by dialing the group’ s pilot number . The call would ring the fi rst a v ailable extension in the group.
Depar tment Calling 266 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● Busy or not answered A call to the pilot number will cycle through the idle members of a Department Calling group. The call will continue to cycle until it is answered or the calling party hangs up.
Depar tment Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 267 Description (Cont’ d) Call Call Call Priority Routing N 2IP-1 1.
Depar tment Calling 268 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Description (Cont’ d) Call 1 Call 2 Call 3 Call 4 Circular Routing N2IP-10.
Depar tment Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 269 Pr ogramming ➻ 11-07-01 : Department Group Pilot Numbers Assign pilot numbers to the Extension (Department) Groups you set up in Program 16-02.
Depar tment Calling 270 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 16-01-05 : Department Group Basic Data Setup - Department Gr oup All Ring Mode Operation Set if all members of the group should ring automatically (1) or through the use of the service code de fi ned in Program 11-12-09 (0).
Depar tment Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 271 ➻ 24-02-08 : System Options f or T ransfer - Delayed T ransfer Timer for All Department Groups Determine ho w long a call should ring a Department Group before transferring the call (0- 64800 seconds).
Depar tment Calling 272 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o call a department: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line set, lift handset. 2. Dial department’ s extension number . The system r outes the call to the fi rst fr ee phone in the department.
Depar tment Step Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 273 Department Step Calling Description After calling a busy Department Calling Group member , an extension user can hav e Department Step Calling quickly call another member in the group.
Depar tment Step Calling 274 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o make a Step Call: Y ou step thr ough Department Groups set in Pr ogram 16-02. 1. Place call to busy Department Group member . OR Place call to Department Group pilot number .
Dial Number Previe w Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 275 Dial Number Preview Description Dialing Number Pre view lets a display k eyset user dial and revie w a number before the system dials it out. Dialing Number Pre view helps the user a void dialing errors.
Dial P ad Confirmation T one 276 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Dial Pad Confirmation Tone Description For an e xtension with Dial Pad Con fi rmation T one enabled, the user hears a beep each time the y press a ke y . This is helpful for Intercom calls and Dial Pulse trunk calls, since these calls provide no Call Progress tones.
Dial T one Detection Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 277 Dial Tone Detection Description If a trunk has Dial T one Detection enabled, the system monitors for dial tone from the telco or PBX when a user places a call on that trunk.
Dial T one Detection 278 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 10-09-01 : DTMF and Dial T one Circuit Setup If dial tone detection is enabled, be sure to allocate at least one circuit for dial tone detection (type 0 or 2).
Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 279 Direct Inward Dialing (DID) Description Direct Inward Dialing (DID) lets outside callers directly dial system e xtensions. DID sav es time for callers who kno w the extension number the y wish to reach.
Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) 280 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual DID Camp-On DID Camp-On sets what happens to DID calls to busy e xtensions when you have Busy Intercept disabled. With DID Camp-On enabled, a call to a b usy extension camps-on for the DID Ring No Answer T ime interval.
Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 281 Delay ed DID Delayed DID allo ws a user a pre-programmed amount of time to answer a call. If the call is not answered within this time period, the system automatically answers the call.
Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) 282 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Call by Time Schedule Feature Added For e very DID number programmed, the DID Call by T ime Schedule feature allo ws each of the 8 .
Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 283 Conditions (A.) Analog DID requires the installation of a 4DIOPU-A1 PCB (provides four DID ports) or 8DIOPU-A1 PCB (provides eight DID ports).
Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) 284 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 10-03-01 : PCB Setup - LD/OPX Assignment Set the function of the DIOPU PCB port for DID (0) or OPX trunk (1).
Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 285 ➻ 22-04-01 : Incoming Extension Ring Group Assignment Assign extensions to Ring Groups.
Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) 286 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 22-12-01 : DID Intercept Ring Gr oup For each DID Translation T able, program the DID Intercept destination. The destination can be a Ring Group, In-Skin/External V oice Mail, or Centralized V oice Mail.
Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 287 ➻ 25-06-02 : VRS/DISA One-Digit Code Attendant Setup Set up single digit dialing for Automated Attendant callers. For each VRS Message pro- grammed to answer outside calls, specify ● The digit the Automated Attendant caller dials (1-12, where 10=0, 11=* and 12=#).
Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) 288 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 81-02-01 : DIOPU Initial Data Setup Make sure the DID T runk T imer settings are compatible with your local telco.
Direct Inwar d Line (DIL) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 289 Direct Inward Line (DIL) Description A Direct Inward Line (DIL) is a trunk that rings an e xtension, virtual extension or Department Group directly . Since DILs only ring one extension or group (i.
Direct Inwar d Line (DIL) 290 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 14-07-01 : T runk Access Map Setup Set up the T runk Access Maps. All extensions should hav e at least Hold access to the DIL (entry 3). ➻ 15-06-01 : T runk Access Map for Extensions Assign T runk Access Maps to extensions.
Direct Inwar d Line (DIL) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 291 Related Features Call Forwarding Call Forw arding reroutes DILs. Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering When a call is transferred because.
Direct Inwar d Line (DIL) 292 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o answer a call on y our Direct Inward Line: 1. Lift handset. 2. At keyset, press fl ashing line ke y for DIL. If you don’ t have a line key for the DIL, the DIL rings an idle CALL k e y .
Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 293 Direct Inward System Access (DISA) Description DISA permits outside callers to directly dial system extensions, trunks and selected features.
Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) 294 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● Operator Calling A DISA caller may be able to dial 0 for the system’ s operator . ● Paging Internal and External Paging may be a vailable to DISA callers. This allo ws co-workers in adjacent facilities, for e xample, to broadcast announcements to each other .
Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 295 W ith software 4.0E+, users can be provided with the option to use a Continue or Disconnect service code. The Continue service code will e xtend the conv ersation a programmed length of time.
Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) 296 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual The follo wing features can be set using service codes with this option: The DISA feature must be enabled for this function.
Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 297 Notes: ● While the outside caller is setting the function via DISA, no one can use the extension which is being set.
Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) 298 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 10-09-01 : DTMF and Dial T one Circuit Setup Reserve at least one circuit for DTMF reception (entry 0 or 2).
Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 299 ➻ 21-15-01 : Alternate T runk Route f or Extensions Designate the trunk route accessed when a user dials the Alternate T runk Route Access Code. Refer to “T runk Group Routing” to set up outbound routing.
Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) 300 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 25-06-01 : VRS/DISA One-Digit Code Attendant Setup Set up single digit dialing through the VRS. This gi ves VRS callers single key access to e xten- sions, the company operator , Department Calling Groups and V oice Mail.
Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 301 ➻ 25-11-01 : DISA T oll Restriction Class If the system uses T oll Restriction, enter a T oll Restriction Class (1-15) for each DISA user (1- 15). The system uses the T oll Restriction Class you enter in Program 21-05.
Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) 302 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 25-07-07 : System Timers for VRS/DISA - DISA Long Conv ersation W arning T one Time Determine the length of time a DISA caller can talk before the Long Con versation tone is heard (0-64800 seconds).
Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 303 Operation T o place a DISA call into the system (from an y 2500 type telephone): 1. Dial the telephone number that rings the DISA trunk. 2. W ait for the DISA trunk to automatically answer with a unique dial tone.
Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) 304 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Remote Feature Setup with DTMF 1. An outside caller dials in on an Aspire DISA trunk. 2. The system answers the call. 3. The outside caller dials the Remote Feature Setup service code de fi ned in 11-15-13 (default: 800).
Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 305 Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console Description The DSS Consoles (110-Button DSS: P/N 0890051 or 0890052; 24-Button DLS: P/N 0890053 or 0890054) gi ves a ke yset user a Busy Lamp Field (BLF) and one-button access to e xtensions, trunks and system features.
Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 306 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 24-Button DLS (Direct Line Select): DSS/DLS Service Code Using Programming Function K eys, you can determine whether the ke ys on a 24-button DLS con- sole (P/N 0890053 or 0890054) are used as DSS (direct station selection) or DLS (direct line selec- tion) ke ys.
Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 307 Pr ogramming ➻ 10-03-01 : PCB Setup The system automatically assigns the terminal type (10) for the port which has a DSS console installed.
Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 308 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 30-03-01 : DSS Console K ey Assignment Customize DSS Console ke ys to function as DSS keys, Service Code k eys, Programmable Function K eys, and One-T ouch Calling ke ys.
Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 309 Operation Calling an extension fr om your DSS Console: 1. (Optional for 110-Button Consoles) Press EXT .1 or EXT .2 to select the range. 2. Press DSS Console key . If the call voice-announces, you can make it ring by dialing 1.
Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 310 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual P arking an outside call when using a keyset as an operator’ s phone (Program 20-17-02 set to “1”): 1. Press the ringing line/loop key . 2. Place the call in Personal Park by pressing an av ailable Park ke y (13-24).
Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 311 Making a External P age using your DSS Console: 1. Press P A GE. 2. Press DSS Console External Page zone key (1-8). If the zone you want is busy , try again later . If you don’ t have Handsfree, lift the handset to mak e your announcement.
Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 312 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Activating DSS Console Alternate Ans wer: 1. Press AL T . Y ou hear a short con fi rmation tone and “Of f Duty” is displayed on the phone. If you hear a long tone, you cannot enable Alternate Answer .
Directed Call Pic kup Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 313 Directed Call Pickup Description Directed Call Pickup permits an extension user to intercept a call ringing another e xtension. This allows a user to con veniently answer a co-worker’ s call from their own telephone.
Directed Call Pic kup 314 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features For other features which let you co ver a co-worker’ s calls, refer to: ● Department Calling ● Group Call Pickup .
Directory Dialing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 315 Directory Dialing Description Directory Dialing allo ws a display or Super Display keyset user to select a co-w orker or outside call from a list of names, rather than dialing the phone number .
Directory Dialing 316 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o use Directory Dialing from a displa y keyset: 1. Do not lift handset or press SPK. 2. Press Directory Dialing Soft Key . 3. Press Soft Key for Directory Dialing type: ABBc = Common Abbreviated Dialing.
Displa y Messaging, Selectable Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 317 Display Messaging, Selectable Please refer to Selectable Display Messaging (page 509) f or information on this feature.
Distinctive Ringing, T ones and Flash P atterns 318 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Distinctive Ringing, Tones and Flash Patterns Description Distincti ve Ringing, T ones and Flash Patterns provide extension users with audible and visual call status signals.
Distinctive Ringing, T ones and Flash P atterns Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 319 Pr ogramming ➻ 15-02-02 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup - T runk Ring T one From the range speci fi ed in Program 22-03, select the ke yset extension’ s trunk ring tone.
Do Not Disturb 320 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Do Not Disturb Description Do Not Disturb blocks incoming calls and Paging announcements. DND permits an e xtension user to work by the phone undisturbed by incoming calls and announcements. The user can activ ate DND while their phone is idle or while on a call.
Do Not Disturb Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 321 Pr ogramming ➻ 11-12-01 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - Call Forwarding/DND Ov erride In order to use the DND Override service code if v oice mail is installed, the single digit ser- vice code (11-16-09) must be deleted or changed as it con fl icts with the DND Override code.
Do Not Disturb 322 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o activate or deactiv ate Do Not Disturb while your e xtension is idle: Ke yset 1. Do not lift the handset. 2. Press DND key . OR Press idle CALL ke y and dial 847. 3. Dial the DND option code.
Door Bo x Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 323 Door Box Description The Door Box is a self-contained Intercom unit typically used to monitor an entrance door . A visi- tor at the door can press the Door Box call button (lik e a door bell). The Door Box then sends chime tones to all extensions programmed to recei ve chimes.
Door Bo x 324 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 10-21-01 : NTCPU Hardwar e Setup - External Source Contr ol Switch Selection on NTCPU Specify the function of the NTCPU’ s relay switch for external tone source control (0=Exter- nal MOH source, 1 = BGM source, 2 = External Speaker , 3 = General Purpose Relay).
Door Bo x Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 325 Operation T o call a Door Bo x: Ke yset 1. Press idle CALL key . 2. Dial 802. 3. Dial Door Box Number (Aspire S: 1-4, Aspire: 1-8). Single Line T elephone 1. Lift handset. 2. Dial 802. 3. Dial Door Box Number (Aspire S: 1-4, Aspire: 1-8).
Dual Line Appearance 326 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Dual Line Appearance Description Each ke yset has two line appearance ke ys (CALL1 and CALL2) for placing and answering calls. These line appearance ke ys, assigned to the extension’ s number , simplify operations for busy users.
E911 Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 327 E911 Compatibility Description E911 Compatibility ensures that emergenc y calls always get through.
E911 Compatibility 328 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Description (Cont’ d) ● Emergency Routing When an extension user dials 911, the system can automatically fi nd a trunk for the call. The system can choose a route to which the user normally does not hav e access.
E911 Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 329 Conditions If Program 21-01-10 is programmed with an entry other than “0”, a call will not hav e a talk path unless the user dials at least the number of digits entered in this option when placing an out going call.
E911 Compatibility 330 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 21-02 -01 : T runk Group Routing f or Extensions Assign the routes set in Program 14-06 to extensions. This program and Program 14-06 are the minimum required if E911 must seize a line to dial.
External Alarm Sensors Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 331 External Alarm Sensors Description This is a future item and is not currentl y availab le. Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL • This is a future item and is not currentl y availab le. • This is a future item and is not currentl y av ailable .
Flash 332 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Flash Description Flash allo ws an extension user to access certain CO and PBX features by interrupting trunk loop current. Flash lets an extension user tak e full advantage of whate ver features the connected telco or PBX of fers.
Flash Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 333 Related Features PBX Compatibility If the system is behind a PBX, Flash normally gi ves the e xtension user access to many PBX features. T oll Restriction The system applies T oll Restriction (if applicable) to the number a user dials after fl ashing a trunk.
Flexib le System Numbering 334 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Flexible System Numbering Description Flexible System Numbering lets you reassign the system’ s port-to-extension assignments. This allows an emplo yee to retain their extension number if they mo ve to a dif ferent of fi ce.
Flexib le System Numbering Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 335 Conditions (A.) Programming follo ws a telephone’ s extension number , not the port number in most cases.
Flexib le System Numbering 336 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features None Operation Refer to T ables 1-6 at the be ginning of this section.
For ced T runk Disconnect Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 337 Forced Trunk Disconnect Description Forced Trunk Disconnect allo ws an extension user to disconnect (release) another extension’ s acti ve outside call. The user can then place a call on the released trunk.
For ced T runk Disconnect 338 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o disconnect a busy trunk: Ke yset 1. Press line key for trunk. OR Dial trunk access code (#9 + trunk number). Y ou hear b usy tone. T runk numbers ar e 001-200. 2. Dial *3 .
Gr oup Call Pickup Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 339 Group Call Pickup Description Group Call Pickup allo ws an extension user to answer a call ringing an e xtension in a Pickup Group. This permits co-w orkers in the same work area to easily answer each other’ s calls.
Gr oup Call Pickup 340 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 20-10-05 : Class of Service Options (Answer Service) - Dir ected Call Pickup for Own Group Enable (1) or disable (0) an extension’ s ability to use Directed Call Pickup for calls ringing their o wn group.
Gr oup Call Pickup Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 341 Operation T o answer a call ringing another phone in y our Pickup Gr oup: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line telephone, lift handset. 2. (Keyset only) Press Group Call Pickup k ey (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 24).
Gr oup Listen 342 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Group Listen Description Group Listen permits a ke yset user to talk on the handset and hav e their caller’ s voice broadcast ov er the telephone speaker . This lets the ke yset user’ s co-workers listen to the con versation.
Gr oup Listen Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 343 Operation T o initiate Group Listen: 1. Place or answer call using the handset. 2. Press SPK twice (but do not hang up). SPK fl ashes slowly . Y ou can talk to the caller thr ough your handset. Y our co-worker s hear your caller’ s voice over your phone’ s speaker .
Handsfree and Monitor 344 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Handsfree and Monitor Description Handsfree allo ws a keyset user to process calls using the speak er and microphone in the telephone (instead of the handset). Handsfree is a con venience for workers who don’ t have a free hand to pick up the handset.
Handsfree and Monitor Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 345 Pr ogramming ➻ 15-02-08 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup - A utomatic Handsfree Use this option to set whether pressing a ke y access a One-T ouch Ke y (1) or if it pre-selects the key (0).
Handsfree Answerbac k/Forced Inter com Ringing 346 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Handsfree Answerback/Forced Intercom Ringing Description Handsfree Answerback permits an extension user to respond to a voice-announced Intercom call by speaking to ward the phone, without lifting the handset.
Handsfree Answerbac k/Forced Inter com Ringing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 347 Related Features Handsfree and Monitor A ke yset user can process calls using the speaker and microphone in the telephone (instead of the handset).
Headset Operation 348 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Headset Operation Description A ke yset user can utilize a customer-pro vided headset in place of the handset. Like using Hands- free, using the headset frees up the user’ s hands for other work.
Headset Operation Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 349 Conditions (A.) While using the headset, the Headset function key becomes a release (disconnect) ke y and no dial tone is heard from the speaker . (B.) While in the headset mode, the hook switch is not functional.
Headset Operation 350 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Caller ID Caller ID should be disabled for the SL T when then Headset feature is to be used. Otherwise, the phone will only beep twice with an incoming call. In addition, the phone will not recei ve the Caller ID information when the Headset feature is used.
Headset Operation Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 351 ANALOG SINGLE LINE TELEPHONES T o enable the headset mode: 1. Unplug the telephone handset. 2. Plug in the headset. 3. Off hook and dial the Headset service code (Program 11-11-43). Y ou will hear a single beep.
Hold 352 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Hold Description Hold lets an extension user put a call in a temporary w aiting state. The caller on Hold hears silence or Music on Hold, not con versation in the extension user’ s work area. While the call waits on Hold, the extension user may process calls or use a system feature.
Hold Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 353 Pr ogramming ➻ 11-12-30 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - Speci fi ed T runk Answer If required, rede fi ne the service code used to answer a speci fi c trunk which is either ringing or on hold (default: 172).
Hold 354 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 24-01-02 : System Options f or Hold - Hold Recall Callback Time Set the Hold Recall Callback T ime (0-64800 seconds).
Hold Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 355 Exclusive Hold T o place an outside call on Exclusive Hold: Ke yset/2-Button T elephones 1. Press Exclusive Hold k ey (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 45). A line/loop/CALL ke y fl ashes slowly while on Hold, fl ashes fast when r ecalling.
Hold 356 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Intercom Hold T o place an Intercom call on Inter com Hold: 1. Press HOLD. The CALL ke y fl ashes. 2. Press SPK to hang up. T o pick up an Inter com call on Intercom Hold: 1. Press SPK. 2. Press fl ashing CALL key .
Hotline Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 357 Hotline Description Hotline gi ves a ke yset user one-button calling and T ransfer to another extension (the Hotline part- ner). Hotline helps co-workers that w ork closely together . The Hotline partners can call or T rans- fer calls to each other just by pressing a single ke y .
Hotline 358 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 20-02-03 : System Options f or Multi-Line T elephones - BLF Contr ol and 20-13-06 : Class of Service Options (Supplementary Service) - A utomatic Of.
Hotline Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 359 Operation T o place a call to y our Hotline partner: 1. Press Hotline key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 01 + partner’ s extension number + HOLD). Y ou can optionally lift handset after this step for privacy . T o transfer y our outside call to your Hotline partner: 1.
Hotline, External 360 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Hotline, External Refer to the Ringdown Extension, Inter nal/External (page 494) for inf ormation on this feature.
i-Series T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 361 i-Series Telephones Description Each 16DSTU PCB provides the Aspire system the ability to connect up to 16 i-Series telephones with each port supporting 1 B-channel.
i-Series T elephones 362 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual When using i-Series phones on the Aspire system, the following features are NO T supported: ● Directory Dial ● Super Display Operation .
i-Series T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 363 Pr ogramming Programming is the same as the Aspire ke ysets. Ref er to the par ticular feature f or details. Operation Operation is the same as the Aspire keysets with the e xception to the following operation.
inDepth and inDepth+ 364 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual inDepth and inDepth+ Description The inDepth and inDepth+ programs are Windo ws-based Management Information Systems that work in conjunction with the b uilt in Aspire ACD.
inDepth and inDepth+ Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 365 Hard ware , Software and System Requirements ● PC 486 DX2-66 or higher with 8MByte RAM ● W indows 98SE, 2000, ME, NT or XP ● SVGA mod.
Inter com 366 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Intercom Description Intercom gi ves e xtension users access to other extensions. This provides the system with complete internal calling capability .
Inter com Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 367 ➻ 20-08-01 : Class of Service Options (Outgoing Call Service) - Inter com Calls In an extension’ s Class of Service, enable (1) or disable (0) an extension’ s ability to place Intercom calls.
Inter com 368 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Handsfree Answerbac k/Forced Intercom Ringing Intercom calls can ring or be voice-announced at the called e xtension. Intercom Abandoned Call Displa y Intercom Abandoned Call Display remembers the last fi ve Intercom calls to an extension.
Inter com Abandoned Call Display Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 369 Intercom Abandoned Call Display Description Intercom Abandoned Call Display shows a display ke yset user a list of Intercom calls placed to them that they did not answer . This is a con venience if a user has to temporarily lea ve their desk.
ISDN Compatibility 370 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ISDN Compatibility Description SMDR Includes Dialed Number The SMDR report can optionally print the trunk’ s name (entered in system programming) or the number the incoming caller dialed (i.
ISDN Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 371 Calling P ar ty Number Noti fi cation The system can provide calling party number noti fi cation for outgoing ISDN calls. When a call is made on an ISDN line by an extension, the system will send the identi fi cation for the e xtension placing the call, if it’ s programmed.
ISDN Compatibility 372 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Primary Rate Interface (PRI) The system is compatible with ISDN Primary Rate Interface (PRI) services.
ISDN Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 373 T wo B-Channel T ransf er for PRI Depending on your software, the system may ha ve the ability for a keyset or single line telephone to use the optional “T wo B-Channel T ransfer for PRI” service provided by some National ISDN carriers in the U.
ISDN Compatibility 374 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Basic Rate Interface (BRI) Y our system also provides compatibility with ISDN Basic Rate (BRI) services, including: ● Basic BRI Call Contro.
ISDN Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 375 BRI and DID Callers with Non-Matc hing SPID Numbers This feature allo ws you to determine whether the system will check the called party number with the SETUP message and the SPID setup.
ISDN Compatibility 376 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 10-03-08 : PCB Setup - Dial Sending Mode Setup and con fi rm the Basic Con fi guration data for each PCB. Select either enblock or ov er- lap sending (0=Enblock Sending, 1=Overlap Sending).
ISDN Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 377 ➻ 15-01-04 : Basic Extension Data Setup - ISDN Caller ID If both Program 15-01-04 and 10-03-05 are enabled (1), the system includes Caller ID in the Setup message as “Presentation Allowed”.
ISDN Compatibility 378 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 21-12-01 : ISDN Calling Party Number Setup f or T runks Assign Calling Party Numbers for each trunk (maximum 16 digits per entry).
ISDN Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 379 Related Features Forced T runk Disconnect This feature only works on analog trunk. ISDN trunks do not ha ve the Forced T runk Discon- nect av ailable.
Last Number Redial 380 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Last Number Redial Description Last Number Redial allo ws an extension user to quickly redial the last number dialed. F or example, a user may quickly recall a busy or unanswered number without manually dialing the digits.
Last Number Redial Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 381 Related Features A utomatic Route Selection When using Automatic Route Selection, ARS selects the trunk for the call unless the user preselects. Repeat Redial The system can periodically redial an unanswered trunk call.
Last Number Redial 382 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T o chec k the number saved for Last Number Redial: 1. Press LND. The stor ed number displays for six seconds. The stor ed number dials out if you: - Lift the handset, - Pr ess an idle line key , - Pr ess an idle CALL key , or - Pr ess SPK 2.
Line Preference Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 383 Line Preference Description Line Preference determines ho w a keyset user places and answers calls. There are two types of Line Preference: Incoming Line Preference and Outgoing Line Preference. Incoming Line Preference Incoming Line Preference establishes how a k eyset user answers calls.
Line Preference 384 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 14-07-01 : T runk Access Map Setup For Outgoing Line Preference and Auto-Answer of Non-Ringing Lines, set up the T runk Access Maps.
Line Preference Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 385 ➻ 20-10-07 : Class of Service Options (Answer Service) - A utomatic Answer of Universal Calls Enable (1) or disable (0) an extension’ s ability to use Univ ersal Auto Answer for non-ringing lines.
Long Con versation Cutoff 386 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Long Conversation Cutoff Description For incoming and outgoing central of fi ce calls, each trunk can be programmed to disconnect after a de fi ned length of time. The timer be gins when the trunk is seized and disconnects the call after the timer expires.
Long Con versation Cutoff Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 387 Related Features Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering/Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing Long Con versation Cutof f can disconnect incoming and outgoing CO calls after a set time period.
Loop Ke ys 388 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Loop Keys Description Loop ke ys are uniquely programmed function keys that simplify placing and answering trunk calls. There are three types of loop ke ys: Incoming Only , Outgoing Only and Both W ays.
Loop Ke ys Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 389 Pr ogramming ➻ 14-05-01 : T runk Groups Assign trunks to trunk groups. In general, loop ke ys access trunks within speci fi c trunk groups. ➪ Aspire S T runk Groups: 1-8 ➪ Aspire T runk Groups: 1-100 ➻ 14-07-01 : T runk Access Map Setup Set up the T runk Access Maps.
Loop Ke ys 390 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features A utomatic Route Selection (ARS) / Central Of fi ce Calls, Ans wering / Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing Program incoming and outgoing access and routing options. Off Hook Signaling If enabled, a user hears Call W aiting beeps if additional calls are waiting behind a loop key .
Maintenance Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 391 Maintenance Description The Aspire system provides sev eral features to help maintain the Aspire database, for backup, and system analysis. Database Maintenance In addition to the ke yset programming, the Aspire system provides the ability to use a PC to access system programming.
Maintenance 392 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Extension Data Swap Function Added Depending on your software, the system can provide the ability to sw ap an extension’ s program- ming to another extension number . The follo wing extension-based programs can be swapped: Refer e to Secure Set Relocation featur e below for additional options.
Maintenance Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 393 ● Using Program 92-04-01 will also swap the order in which these extensions are displayed in all extension-related programs . This means that the system will no longer display all the extension numbers from lo w to high.
Maintenance 394 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Secure Set Relocation Conditions ● Any user -de fi ned programming stored in the SRAM will not be swapped (for example, Call Forw ard set up, Selectable Display Messaging, etc.
Maintenance Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 395 Extension Data Copy Function Enhanced to Pr ovide P or t Copy Option Depending on your software, the system provides the ability to cop y an extension’ s programming to another extension either by e xtension number or port number, depending on which program you use.
Maintenance 396 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Fill and Delete Extension Data Functions Added The software pro vides the ability to fi ll program entries for a range of extensions to the same as a designated source extension. In addition, program data can be deleted for a range of ports.
Maintenance Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 397 System Information The system can print a report of the PCBs installed, the port assignments, and the port types.
Maintenance 398 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming System Maintenance ➻ 11-11-13 : Service Code Setup (f or Setup/Entry Operation) - Display Language Selection for K eyset De fi ne the service code to be used to change the language shown on display k eysets (default: 178).
Maintenance Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 399 System Alarm Reports Basic Programming ➻ 90-10-01 : System Alarm Setup - Alarm T ype Assign a status to system alarms (001-100). Y ou can designate an alarm as Major or Minor (0=no noti fi cation, 1=major alarms displayed, 2=minor alarms displayed).
Maintenance 400 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 90-11-07 : System Alarm Report - SMTP Host Port Number Set the SMTP host port number (0-65535). Contact your ISP (internet service provider) for the correct entry if needed. Usually , the default entry of 25 can be used.
Maintenance Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 401 Operation T o chec k your extension’ s data (Ke yset Only): 1. Press CHECK. 2. Press CALL1. Y ou display shows your telephone’ s extension number , port number and extension/ Department Gr oup.
Meet Me Conference 402 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Meet Me Conference Description W ith Meet Me Conference, an extension user can set up a Conference with their current call and up to 32 other internal or external parties. Each party joins the Conference by dialing a Meet Me Con- ference code.
Meet Me Conference Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 403 Related Features Conference An extension user can also use other types of Conferences to join callers together . Meet Me P aging An extension user can ha ve a telephone meeting with a co-worker on a P age zone.
Meet Me Conference 404 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Meet Me Internal Conference: T o make a Meet Me Internal Conference: Ke yset 1. While on a call, press Conference key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 07). 2. Dial 801 and the Internal Paging Zone code (0-9 or 00-64).
Meet Me P aging Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 405 Meet Me Paging Description Meet Me Paging allo ws an extension user to Page a co-w orker and pri vately meet with them on a Page zone. The Paging zone is busy to other users while the meeting takes place.
Meet Me P aging 406 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation Meet Me External P age T o make a Meet Me External P age: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line telephone, lift handset. 2. Dial 803 and the External Paging Zone code (1-8 or 0 for All Call).
Meet Me P aging Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 407 Meet Me Internal P age T o make a Meet Me Internal P age: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line telephone, lift handset. 2. Dial 801 and dial the Internal Paging Zone code (0-9, 00-32 or 00-64).
Meet Me P aging T ransfer 408 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Meet Me Paging Transfer Description If a user wants to T ransfer a call to a co-worker but the y don’t kno w where the co-worker is, the y can use Meet Me Paging Transfer .
Meet Me P aging T ransfer Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 409 Related Features Meet Me Conference An extension user can set up a Conference with their current call and up to 31 other inside parties. Meet Me P aging An extension user can P age a co-worker and meet with them on a Page zone.
Meet Me P aging T ransfer 410 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Meet Me Internal P aging T ransfer T o make a Meet Me Internal P aging T ransfer: 1. At keyset, while on a call, press HOLD. OR At single line telephone, while on a call, hook fl ash. 2.
Memo Dial Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 411 Memo Dial Description While on an outside call, Memo Dial lets a display ke yset user store an important number for easy redialing later on. The telephone can be lik e a notepad. For e xample, a user could dial Directory Assistance and ask for a client’ s telephone number .
Memo Dial 412 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o store a number while y ou are on a call: 1. While on a call, press Memo Dial key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 31). 2. Dial number you want to store. 3. Press Memo Dial key again and continue with con versation.
Message W aiting Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 413 Message Waiting Description An extension user can lea ve a Message W aiting indication at a busy or unanswered e xtension requesting a return call. The indication is a fl ashing MW lamp at the called e xtension and a steadily lit MW lamp on the calling extension.
Message W aiting 414 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Conditions (A.) Reminder messages require a DSP daughter board for VRS messages. (B.) Analog ports from AP A or APR adapters do not provide Message W aiting lamping.
Message W aiting Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 415 Related Features Handsfree Answerbac k/Forced Intercom Ringing When a user responds to a Message W aiting, the system does not cancel the Message W aiting indication if the called party uses Handsfree Answerback.
Message W aiting 416 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T o cancel the Messages W aiting you ha ve left at a speci fi c extension: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line telephone, lift handset. 2. Dial 871. 3. Dial number of extension you don’t w ant to hav e your messages.
Micr ophone Cutoff Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 417 Microphone Cutoff Description Microphone Cutof f lets a keyset user turn of f their phone’ s handsfree or handset microphone at any time. When activ ated, Microphone Mute prev ents the caller from hearing conv ersations in the user’ s work area.
Micr ophone Cutoff 418 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o mute y our telephone’ s handset or Handsfree microphone while on a call: 1. Press MIC. This only turns off the Handsfr ee microphone . OR Press Microphone Cutoff k ey (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 40).
Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Co verage Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 419 Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Coverage Description Multiple Directory Numbers let a keyset ha ve more than one extension number . Calls can route to the ke yset’ s installed number or to the keyset’ s “virtual extension” Multiple Directory Number ke y .
Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Co verage 420 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Virtual Extension vs. Ring Gr oups As the system does not allo w voice mail calls to ring Ring Groups, a virtual e xtension can be cre- ated which will allo w you to direct more than one call to the extension.
Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Co verage Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 421 Programs Not Supported b y the Multiple Directory Number Key • 20-07-03 : T ime Setting • 20-11-09 : Group Hold .
Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Co verage 422 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Default Setting Disabled. • Item 21 - Meet-Me Answer to Speci fi ed Internal Page Group (864) • Item 22 - Meet-.
Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Co verage Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 423 Pr ogramming ➻ 11-04-01 : V irtual Extension Numbering Assign extension numbers to Multiple Directory Numbers.
Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Co verage 424 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 16-01-08 : Department Group Basic Data Setup - Queuing f or Department Group Calls In order to queue multiple calls to a busy virtual e xtension key , set this option to an entry of "1" - "0" is used for no queueing.
Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Co verage Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 425 ➻ 21-13-01 : ISDN Calling Party Number Setup f or Extensions Assign each extension a Calling P arty Number (maximum 16 digits per entry). The calling number is the subscriber number of the dial-in number .
Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Co verage 426 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o answer a call ringing a Multiple Directory Number: 1. Press fl ashing Multiple Directory Number key (PGM 15-07 or SC 852: *03 + ext.). T o place a call to a Multiple Directory Number (including a Call Co verage key): 1.
Music on Hold Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 427 Music on Hold Description Music on Hold (MOH) sends music to calls on Hold and parked calls. The music lets the caller kno w that his call is waiting, not for gotten. Without Music on Hold, the system pro vides silence to these types of calls.
Music on Hold 428 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming Note: Other ACI programming may be necessary. Refer to the Analog Communications Interface feature for more. Start Should a trunk use the NTCPU, or the external source connected to the BGM or ACI port for MOH? In 14-08-01, enter 0.
Music on Hold Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 429 Stop In 14-08-02, enter the ACI source port number (Aspire S: 1-8, Aspire: 1-96) for each trunk. Is the MOH gain acceptable? In 10-04-03, adjust the audio gain setting (1-63). No In 33-01-01, set the ACI port to 1.
Music on Hold 430 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) ➻ 10-04-01 : Music on Hold Setup - Music on Hold Source Selection Determine whether the system should use internal (0), external (1) music source, or internal service tone (2).
Music on Hold Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 431 ➻ 33-01-01 : A CI Port T ype Setup Set each ACI softw are ports for input (1) or input/output (2).
Name Storing 432 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Name Storing Description Extensions and trunks can hav e names instead of just circuit numbers. These names show on a k ey- set’ s display when the user places or answers calls. Extension and trunk names make it easier to identify callers.
Name Storing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 433 Pr ogramming ➻ 14-01-01 : Basic T runk Data Setup - T runk Name Program names for system trunks. ➻ 15-01-01 : Basic Extension Data Setup - Extension Name Program name for system extensions (ports 001-499, 5000-5312).
Name Storing 434 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o program an e xtension’ s name: 1. Press idle CALL key . 2. Dial 800 OR Press Extension Name Change ke y (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 55). 3. Enter the extension number to be named. 4. Enter name (see below).
Name Storing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 435 When using i-Series telephones on the Aspire system, not all the same characters are avail- able. Refer to the follo wing chart for the i-Series characters: With Software 2.05+: Key f or Entering Names Use this keypad digit .
Netw orking 436 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Networking Description Use the built in netw orking feature to integrate multiple phone systems into a single “virtual” com- munications system. Interconnected with ISDN PRI or BRI or V oIP , each phone system becomes a node on the network that can communicate with any other phone system node.
Netw orking Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 437 ● Flexible Network Routing Use network routes to set up ISDN and V oIP networking between many separate systems - or use mixed (ISDN or V oIP) networking per system for greater network performance.
Netw orking 438 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual With T wo Local V oice Mails, Netw ork ID Must Match in Programming W ith a networked system, with each system ha ving their own v oice mail, in order for users to prop- erly connect to the correct voice mail when lea ving a message, the programming must be set as described belo w .
Netw orking Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 439 IP Networking Each node on an IP networked Aspire system is de fi ned in Program 10-27-01 : IP System ID . For e xample, Site A has ID 1 and Site B system has ID 2 in Program 10-27-01. This must be the same in every node.
Netw orking 440 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual W ith ISDN Networking, interconnecting the systems is accomplished by de fi ning a master PCB and slav e PCB between each system ( Program 10-03-10 : PCB Setup - Master/Sla ve System ). Each system must hav e an ISDN PCB for each other system in the network.
Netw orking Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 441 Fax Over Netw orking The purpose of Aspire Networking is to be able to connect sev eral systems and hav e them appear to operate as one system. Ho wev er, some restrictions still apply . With older softw are, with Fax Over Networking using H.
Netw orking 442 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual F AX Relay with T runks Setup: ● System A Program15-03-03 = G3 Fax 1 (special) Program 84-12-32 = 2 Each Port Mode ● System B Program 84-01-59 =.
Night Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 443 Night Service Description Night Service lets system users acti vate one of the Night Service modes. Night Service redirects calls to their night mode destination, as determined by Assigned and Universal Night Answer pro- gramming.
Night Service 444 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Programmab le Function Key Can T oggle Night Modes The software allo ws a Night Service Programmable Function Key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 09 + 0) to toggle night modes. Y ou can determine in programming how man y modes through which the user will toggle.
Night Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 445 ➻ 11-12-50 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - General Purpose Relay De fi ne the service code to be used for turning the general purpose relay on and off (default=880).
Night Service 446 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 14-07-01 : T runk Access Map Setup T o allo w for UN A answering, set up the T runk Access Maps.
Night Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 447 Related Features Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering and Placing/Ring Groups There are separate Access Map and Ring Group programming entries for each Night Service mode (Day 1, Night 1, Midnight 1, Rest 1, Day 2, Night 2, Midnight 2, Rest 2).
Off Hook Signaling 448 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Off Hook Signaling Description When a user calls an extension b usy on a call, they can send an off hook signal through the handset and through the telephone’ s speaker indicating they are trying to get through.
Off Hook Signaling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 449 Conditions None Default Setting Enabled Pr ogramming ➻ 11-12-03 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - Override (Off Hook Signaling) Assign a service code (809 by default) to be used for Of f Hook Signaling Override.
Off Hook Signaling 450 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Hotline/Rever se V oice Over The setting of Program 20-13-06 affects the BLF display for Hotline and Re verse V oice Over . Refer to these features for additional information. Intercom Y ou cannot send Off Hook Signals to an extension that is already recei ving a voice announcement.
One-T ouch Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 451 One-Touch Calling Description One-T ouch Calling gi ves a ke yset user one button access to extensions, trunks and selected system features. This sa ves users time when accessing co-workers, clients and features the y use most often.
One-T ouch Calling 452 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 15-07-01 : Programmable Function K eys If required, de fi ne a Programmable Function K ey for One-T ouch Calling of an outside tele- phone number by de fi ning the ke y as a One-T ouch key (01) + trunk access code + the tele- phone number .
One-T ouch Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 453 Operation Direct Station Selection T o program a One-T ouc h Key f or Direct Station Selection (extension) calling: 1. Press idle CALL key and dial 855. 2. Press One-T ouch Key you w ant to program.
One-T ouch Calling 454 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual P ersonal Speed Dial T o program a One-T ouc h Key f or P ersonal Speed Dial: 1. Press idle CALL key and dial 855. 2. Press One-T ouch Key you w ant to program. 3. Dial general trunk access code (9).
One-T ouch Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 455 Abbreviated Dialing T o program a One-T ouc h Key f or Abbreviated Dialing: 1. Press idle CALL key and dial 855. 2. Press One-T ouch Key you w ant to program. 3. Dial #2 to store a Common Abbreviated Dialing number .
One-T ouch Calling 456 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Using One-T ouch K eys T o use a One-T ouch K ey: 1. Press One-T ouch Key . Clearing a One-T ouch K ey T o clear a pr ogrammed One-T ouch Ke y: 1. Dial 855. 2. Press the One-T ouch Key to be cleared.
One-T ouch Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 457 Programmab le Function Keys When using Programmable Function Keys, note that names cannot be stored with the k ey as with the One-T ouch K ey operation abov e. T o de fi ne a Programmab le Function Key as a One-T ouch K ey: 1.
Operator 458 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operator Description When an extension user dials “0”, calls are routed to a main system operator . The operator can answer and route outside calls or locate employees using the P age feature. Conditions None Default Setting Extension 301 is an operator .
OPX (Off Premise Extension) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 459 OPX (Off Premise Extension) Refer to the Single Line T elephones, Analog 500/2500 Sets (page 515) f or information on this feature.
P aging, External 460 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Paging, External Description W ith External Paging, a user can broadcast announcements ov er paging equipment connected to external P aging zones. When a user pages on of these external zones, the system broadcasts the announcement ov er the speakers.
P aging, External Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 461 Pr ogramming ➻ 10-03-01 : PCB Setup - T erminal T ype (Cir cuit 1) 10-03-06 : PCB Setup - T erminal T ype (Cir cuit 2) When a 2PGD AD module is used for external page, type “6” should be assigned for the 2PGD AD circuit.
P aging, External 462 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 31-07-01 : Combined Paging Assignments Assign an External Paging Group (0-8) to an Internal P aging Zone (0=all call, zones 1-64) for Combined Paging. When an extension user makes a Combined P age, they simultaneously broadcast into both the External and Internal Zone.
P aging, Internal Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 463 Paging, Internal Description Internal Paging lets e xtension users broadcast announcements to other keyset users. When a user makes a Zone P aging announcement, the announcement broadcasts to all idle extensions in the zone dialed.
P aging, Internal 464 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 20-13-29 : Class of Service Options (Supplementary Service) - P aging Display In an extension’ s Class of Service, enable (1) or disable (0) an extension’ s ability to display incoming internal paging information on their display .
P aging, Internal Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 465 Operation T o make an Internal P age announcement: Ke yset 1. Press the zone’ s Internal Paging ke y (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 21 + 0 or 1-8 (Aspire S) OR 1-9 or 01-64 for zones (0 or 00 for All Call) (Aspire).
P aging, Priv acy Release 466 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Paging, Privacy Release Please refer to Confer ence, V oice Call/Priv acy Release (page 247) f or information on this feature.
P ark Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 467 Park Description Park places a call in a waiting state (called a P ark Orbit) so that an extension user may pick it up. There are two types of P ark: System and Personal. Use System Park when you want to ha ve the call wait in a system orbit.
P ark 468 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual The following table indicates what condition the service codes and Programmable Function k ey can be used. Conditions (A.) An extension can park a call in any Park Orbit. Ho wev er, an e xtension can only pick up a call Park ed by a member of its own P ark group (see Program 24-03).
P ark Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 469 Pr ogramming ➻ 11-12-31 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - Park Set the service code which should be used for placing a call in Park (def ault: #6).
P ark 470 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o P ark a call in a system orbit: Y ou can P ark Inter com or trunk calls. 1. Press Park key (PGM 15-07 or SC 852: *04 + orbit). The P ark ke y LED lights. If you hear busy tone , the orbit is busy .
P ark Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 471 T o park a call at y our extension: 1. Do not hang up. 2. Press the Personal Park key (PGM 15-07 or SC 852: *07). OR Press HOLD and dial 857. OR Press HOLD + Press the Personal Park k ey (PGM 15-07 or SC 852: *07).
P ark 472 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T o split between two parked calls (K eyset Only): Y ou must have P ark Orbit ke ys for the parked in calls. In addition, your ke yset cannot have line ke ys de fi ned for the parked calls. 1. Press CALL1.
PBX Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 473 PBX Compatibility Description Y ou can connect your phone system trunks to Centrex/PBX lines, rather than to telco trunk circuits. This makes the trunk inputs into the system 500/2500 type compatible Centre x/PBX extensions, rather than telco circuits.
PBX Compatibility 474 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 21-04-01 : T oll Restriction Class Assign a T oll Restriction Class (1-15) to each e xtension. ➻ 21-05-12 : T oll Restriction Class - PBX Call Restriction For each T oll Restriction Class, enter 1 to restrict calls on the PBX trunk to outside calls only .
PBX Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 475 Operation T o place a call over a PBX trunk: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y and dial 804. OR At single line telephone, lift handset and dial 804. 2. Dial PBX trunk group number (Aspire S: 1-8, Aspire: 1-9 or 001-100).
Prime Line Selection 476 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Prime Line Selection Description Prime Line Selection allo ws a keyset user to place or answer a call o ver a speci fi c trunk by just lift- ing the handset. The user does not ha ve to fi rst press ke ys or dial codes.
Prime Line Selection Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 477 Pr ogramming ➻ 14-05-01 : T runk Groups Assign Prime Line to a separate trunk group for outgoing Prime Line selection. (Also see 14-06 and 21-02.) ➻ 14-06-01 : T runk Group Routing Set up outbound route for trunk group that contains the Prime Line.
Prime Line Selection 478 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Aspire Wireless / Single Line T elephone, Analog 500/2500 Sets Though Prime Line Selection can be used for Aspire W ireless and SL Ts, with this option pro- grammed, the phones can not access ICM dial tone.
Priv acy Release Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 479 Privacy Release Please refer to Confer ence, V oice Call/Priv acy Release (page 247) f or information on this feature.
Priv ate Line 480 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Private Line Description A Pri vate Line is a trunk reserv ed for a keyset for placing and answering calls. A user with a Pri- vate Line al ways knows when important calls are for them. Additionally , the user has their own trunk for placing calls that is not av ailable to others in the system.
Priv ate Line Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 481 ➻ 22-04-01 : Incoming Extension Ring Group Assignment Assign extension to Pri vate Line’ s ring group. Set the ringing in Program 22-06 - use option 1 for Incoming or Both W ays Priv ate Lines.
Pr ogrammable Function Ke ys 482 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Programmable Function Keys Description Each ke yset has Programmable Function Ke ys.
Pr ogrammable Function Ke ys Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 483 Related Features Abbreviated Dialing/One-T ouc h Calling Abbre viated Dialing and One-T ouch Calling also offer quick access to calls and features. Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console Programming a 110-button console requires separate programming.
Pulse to T one Con version 484 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pulse to T one Conversion Description An extension can use Pulse to T one Conv ersion on trunk calls. Pulse to T one Con version lets a user change their extension’ s dialing mode while placing a call.
Repeat Redial Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 485 Repeat Redial Description If a ke yset user places a trunk call that is busy or unanswered, the y can have Repeat Redial try it again later on. The user doesn’ t continually have to try the number ag ain -- hoping it will go through.
Repeat Redial 486 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features A utomatic Route Selection For systems with Automatic Route Selection, ARS selects the trunk for the Repeat Redial call. Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing Other programmed options for outgoing calls can affect ho w a call is placed.
Rever se V oice Over Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 487 Reverse Voice Over Description While on a handset call, Re verse V oice Over lets a busy k eyset user mak e a priv ate Intercom call to an idle co-worker . The idle co-work er can be at a keyset or 500/2500 set.
Rever se V oice Over 488 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 15-07-01 : Programmable Function K eys Assign a function ke y for Rev erse V oice Over (code 47 + dest.
Rever se V oice Over Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 489 Operation WHEN Y OU’RE ON A CALL . . . T o place a Rever se V oice Over call: 1. Press and hold your Reverse V oice Over ke y (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 47 + dest.
Ring Gr oups 490 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Ring Groups Description Ring Groups determine ho w trunks ring extensions. Generally , trunks ring extension’ s only if Ring Group programming allo ws.
Ring Gr oups Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 491 ➻ 22-05-01 : Incoming T runk Ring Group Assignment Assign trunks to ring groups. ➪ Aspire S Ring Groups: 1-8, 102=In-Skin/External V oice Mail,.
Ring Gr oups 492 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features A utomatic Call Distribution Ring Groups can be used to route trunks to ACD groups. A utomatic Route Selection When ACD is enabled, Ring Groups are programmed to ring into A CD Groups for each of the eight W ork Periods.
Ring T ones, Selectable Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 493 Ring Tones, Selectable Please refer to Selectable Ring T ones (page 512) for inf ormation on this feature.
Ringdown Extension, Internal/External 494 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Ringdown Extension, Internal/External Description W ith a Ringdown Extension, a user can call another e xtension, outside number , or Abbreviated Dialing number by just lifting the handset.
Ringdown Extension, Internal/External Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 495 Related Features Abbreviated Dialing Ringdown Extension can use Abbre viated Dialing numbers (and follow their trunk routing) as the destination number . Call Forwarding Ringdown Extension follo ws Call Forwarding.
Room Monitor 496 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Room Monitor Description Room Monitor lets an extension user listen to the sounds in a co-w orkers area. For e xample, the receptionist could listen for sounds in the warehouse when it’ s left unattended.
Room Monitor Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 497 Pr ogramming Start Stop Should a keyset user be able to initiate Room Monitor? In Program 20-13-1 1, enter 0. In Program 20-13-1 1, enter 1. Should a keyset user have the ability to be monitored by another extension? In Program 20-13-12, enter 0.
Room Monitor 498 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) Single Line T elephone Room Monitor Start Stop Should a single line telephone user be able to initiate and receive Room Monitor? In Program 42-03-12, enter 0. In Program 42-03-12, enter 1.
Room Monitor Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 499 Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) ➻ 11-14-17 : Service Code Setup (f or Hotel) - Hotel Room Monitor Customize the service code (175 by default) to be used for Room Monitor .
Room Monitor 500 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation Y ou must activate Room Monitor at the e xtension initiating the monitor and at the extension you want to monitor . Y ou can only listen to one e xtension at a time. Ke ysets: T o activate Room Monitor (at the initiating e xtension): 1.
Save Number Dialed Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 501 Save Number Dialed Description Sav e Number Dialed permits an extension user to sav e their last outside number and easily redial it later on. For e xample, an extension user can recall a busy or unanswered number without manually dialing the digits.
Save Number Dialed 502 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o save the outside n umber you just dialed (up to 24 digits): Use this featur e before hanging up. Ke yset 1. Press Save Number Dialed k ey (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 30). 500/2500 Single Line T elephone 1.
Save Number Dialed Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 503 T o chec k to see the number you ha ve saved: 1. Press Save Number Dialed k ey (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 30). The stor ed number displays for ten seconds. The stor ed number dials out if you: - Lift the handset, - Pr ess an idle line key , - Pr ess an idle CALL key , or - Pr ess SPK 2.
Secretary Call (Buzz er) 504 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Secretary Call (Buzzer) Description Secretary Call lets two co-work ers alert each other without disturbing their work. T o hav e Secretary Call, both co-workers must ha ve ke ysets with Secretary Call buzzer k eys.
Secretary Call (Buzz er) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 505 Operation T o buzz y our secretary or boss: 1. Do not lift handset. 2. Press buzzer ke y (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 41 + sec. ext.). Y our boss or secr etary hears ringing. Y our b uzzer key lights steadily .
Secretary Call Pickup 506 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Secretary Call Pickup Description Secretary Call Pickup lets a ke yset user easily reroute calls intended for a co-worker to themselv es. By pressing a Secretary Call Pickup ke y , the user can have all calls to a co-w orker’ s phone ring or voice- announce theirs instead.
Secretary Call Pickup Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 507 Operation T o activate Secretary Call Pic kup: 1. Press your Secretary Call Pickup key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 42 + boss ext.). Y our Secr etary Call Pickup k e y lights and the Boss’ s telephone display shows “BOSS FWD>>”.
Secure Set Relocation 508 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Secure Set Relocation Please refer to Maintenance (page 391) f or information on this feature.
Selectable Displa y Messaging Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 509 Selectable Display Messaging Description An extension user can select a preprogrammed Selectable Display Message for their e xtension. Display keyset callers see the selected message when the y call the user’ s extension.
Selectable Displa y Messaging 510 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 11-11-14 : Service Code Setup (f or Setup/Entry Operation) - T ext Message Setting De fi ne the service code to be used when setting a text message.
Selectable Displa y Messaging Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 511 Related Features Do Not Disturb The DND ke y lights steady when Program 20-01-02 is set to “1” (no answer/busy mode) and ICM callers may hear “Please do not disturb” or a DND signal.
Selectable Ring T ones 512 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Selectable Ring T ones Description An extension user can change the w ay trunks or ICM calls ring their phone. Selectable Ring T ones allows an e xtension user to set up unique ringing for their calls.
Selectable Ring T ones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 513 Related Features Distinctive Ringing, T ones and Flash P atterns This feature can be used to change the default ring tones. i-Series T elephones Selectable Ring T ones is not a vailable for i-Series phones on the Aspire system.
Serial Call 514 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Serial Call Description Serial Call is a method of transferring a call so it automatically returns to the transferring extension. Serial Calling sav es transferring steps between users. For example, a Customer Service Representati ve (CSR) has a client on the phone who needs technical advice.
Single Line T elephones, Analog 500/2500 Sets Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 515 Single Line T elephones, Analog 500/2500 Sets Description The system is compatible with 500 type (Dial Pulse) and 2500 type (DTMF) analog single line tele- phones (SL Ts).
Single Line T elephones, Analog 500/2500 Sets 516 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Default Setting ● Single Line T elephones function as soon as they are installed and properly programmed. Pr ogramming ➻ 10-03-01 : PCB Setup Program all on-premise 500/2500 type single line telephones with circuit type ‘2’.
Single Line T elephones, Analog 500/2500 Sets Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 517 Related Features Single line telephone users hav e access to the following features: Data Communications AP A and APR modules can be used with keysets to pro vide an analog port.
Soft Ke ys 518 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Soft Keys Description Each display tele- phone provides interactiv e soft keys for intuiti ve feature access. It is no longer necessary to remember feature codes to access the telephone’ s adv anced features because the function of the soft ke ys change as the user processes calls.
Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 519 Station Message Detail Recording Description Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) provides a record of the system’ s trunk calls. T ypi- cally , the record outputs to a customer-provided printer , terminal or SMDR data collection device.
Station Message Detail Recor ding 520 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● Digit Masking Digit Masking lets you “X” out portions of the number dialed on the SMDR report. A digit mask of se ven, for e xample, masks out all exchange codes (NNXs) and local addresses.
Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 521 Sample SMDR Report Thr ough Software 3.07 SMDR Enhanced for Caller ID Depending on your software version, the SMDR output is enhanced to include up to 16 or 24 char - acters of the Caller ID name information (depending on the vie w option selected in Program 35-02- 18).
Station Message Detail Recor ding 522 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual De fi nitions Call Record Number SMDR record number (consecutive) CLASS T ype of call (see Class De fi nitions belo w) TIME Time call placed or answered. (F or T ransferred calls, shows time user picked up T ransfer .
Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 523 Description (Cont’ d) SMDR Report Format with Program 35-02-14 Set to “0” Character P osition Field De fi nition Header Line 1 1-60 Spaces 61-70 MM/DD/YYYY 71 Space 72-75 P A GE 76 Space 77-79 Report page number (e.
Station Message Detail Recor ding 524 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 31 Space 32-41 Station number or name 42 Space 43-62 Number dialed (20 digits maximum) 63 Space 64-79 Account number or NO ANS.
Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 525 Summary Reports OUTGOING CALL/COST SUMMARY FOR DAY OF nn/nn/nn TOTAL NO. OF OUTGOING PSTN CALLS:0 TOTAL NO. OF OUTGOING ISDN CALLS:0 NO. OF OUTGOING PSTN CALLS COSTED:0 COST:0 NO.
Station Message Detail Recor ding 526 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Conditions (A.) The SMDR report does not include Intercom calls. (B.) The SMDR call b uffer stores 500 calls. The buf fer stores calls when the SMDR device is una vail- able. When the buffer fi lls, the oldest record is deleted to allow the ne w record to be saved.
Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 527 Pr ogramming Start SMDR With a CPU Connection (Serial / USB / Ethernet) In 35-01-01 set the SMDR output to "2" for NTCPU USB. Aspire M/L/XL Only Connect a USB cable to the CPU and PC.
Station Message Detail Recor ding 528 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) Start SMDR With a CT A Adapter In 15-02-19, set the extension with the CT A Adapter to "1". In 15-02-20, set the baud rate to be used for the CT A connection (0=4800, 1=9600, 2=19200).
Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 529 Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) Start SMDR With a CTU Adapter In 35-01-01 set the SMDR output to "4" for CT A/CTU. In 35-01-02, define the extension number of the keyset with the CTU Adapter .
Station Message Detail Recor ding 530 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) Continued on next page. What language should be used for the SMDR header? In 35-01-03, enter 0. In 35-01-03, enter 4. In 35-01-03, enter 1. English German Spanish In 35-01-03, enter 3.
Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 531 Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) Continued from previous page. Do you want the SMDR report to include calls blocked by T oll Restriction? In 35-02-01, enter 1.
Station Message Detail Recor ding 532 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) Continued from previous page. Should the SMDR report include information when all lines in a group are busy and a user tries to access the group? In 35-02-10, enter 0.
Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 533 Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) Stop Should the SMDR report include the trunk port names or received number dialed for ANI/ DNIS and DID trunks? In 35-02-16, enter 0. In 35-02-16, enter 1.
Station Message Detail Recor ding 534 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) ➻ 10-20-01 : LAN Setup f or External Equipment De fi ne the TCP port (0-65535) when communicating to the SMDR (type 5).
Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 535 ➻ 35-02-02 : SMDR Output Options - PBX Calls If system is behind a PBX, enter 1 to hav e SMDR include all calls to the PBX. Enter 0 to have SMDR include only calls dialed using PBX trunk access code.
Station Message Detail Recor ding 536 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 35-02-18 : SMDR Output Options - Caller ID Name Output Method Select whether to display up to 16 characters of the Caller .
T1 T runking (with ANI/DNIS Compatibility) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 537 T1 T runking (with ANI/DNIS Compatibility) Description The T1/PRI Interf ace PCB giv es the system T1 trunking capability . This PCB uses a single uni ver- sal slot and provides up to 24 trunk circuits.
T1 T runking (with ANI/DNIS Compatibility) 538 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Conditions (A.) T1 Trunking requires a T1/PRI Interface PCB and a customer-pro vided CSU/DSU to interface with the telco. Consult your sales representativ e and the system Hardware Manual for addi- tional details.
T1 T runking (with ANI/DNIS Compatibility) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 539 ➻ 14-05-01 : T runk Groups For ANI/DNIS, place all your ANI/DNIS trunks in T runk Groups as required. ➻ 20-06-01 : Class of Service f or Extensions Assign a Class of Service (1-15) to an extension.
T1 T runking (with ANI/DNIS Compatibility) 540 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 34-09-04 : ANI/DNIS Service Options - Route T able Setup of T ar get Dial The option sets how the system uses the route data (g athered in Item 3) to route incoming ANI/DNIS calls (0 = ABB T able [Program 13-04], 1 = DID T able [Program 22-11]).
T1 T runking (with ANI/DNIS Compatibility) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 541 Related Features Caller ID An extension’ s Class of Service (Program 20-09-02) determines whether ANI information is displayed. Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering and Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing Y ou can use T1 trunks in place of standard analog trunks.
T andem Ringing 542 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Tandem Ringing Description T andem Ringing allo ws an extension user to ha ve two telephones with one phone number . For example, e xtension 305 (the master phone) sets T andem Ringing with extension 306.
T andem Ringing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 543 Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console When T andem Ringing is acti ve and one of the extensions is b usy , a DSS console will indicate both extensions as b usy . Do Not Disturb A slav e phone will ignore the settings for DND and follow the master phone’ s settings instead.
T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) 544 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Tandem Trunking (Unsupervised Conference) Description T andem T runking allows an e xtension user to join two outside callers in a trunk-to-trunk Confer- ence.
T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 545 ● Method D - A utomatic T andem T runking Setup to Abbre viated Dial Number This method allo ws an extension user to easily set up an Unsupervised Conference with a call they ha ve placed on Hold.
T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) 546 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual There are two methods for Multiple T runk Conferencing: ● Method A - Set Up Without T ransfer Key An extension user can set up Multiple Trunk Conference (Unsupervised Conference) by dial- ing a two-digit service code (#8).
T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 547 ➻ 14-01-05 : Basic T runk Data Setup - Receive Gain Le vel for Confer ence and T ransfer Calls Select the CODEC gain type used by the trunk when it is part of an Unsupervised Conference.
T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) 548 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 20-07-11 : Class of Service Options (Administrator Lev el) - Forced T runk Disconnect In an extension’ s Class of Service, enter 1 to enable Forced T runk Disconnect.
T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 549 ➻ 25-07-07 : System Timers for VRS/DISA -DISA/T andem T runking Long Con versation W arning T one T ime Determine .
T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) 550 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 24-04-01 : A utomatic T runk-to-T runk T ransfer T arget Setup Assign the Abbreviated Dialing number (0-1999) to be used as the destination for the trunk- to-trunk transfer .
T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 551 ➻ 25-07-08 : System Timers for VRS/DISA - DISA Long Conv ersation Disconnect T imer This timer determines how long the system will w ait (0 - 64800 seconds) before disconnecting a DISA call after the Long Con versation tone is heard.
T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) 552 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T andem T runking Method B - T andem T runking with T ransfer Key ➻ 10-07-01 : Con versation Record Circuits The number of circuits assigned as Con versation Record circuits limits the number of av ail- able Conference circuits.
T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 553 Operation Method A - T andem T runking from Conf erence T o set up a T andem/Multiple T runk Conference Call: 1. Place or answer fi rst trunk call. 2. Press CONF key .
T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) 554 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Method B - T andem T runking with T ransf er Ke y T o set up a T andem T runking Call with only 2 outside lines: 1. Place or answer fi rst trunk call. 2. Press HOLD to place the fi rst trunk call on Hold.
T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 555 Method C - T andem T runking on Hang up T o set up a T andem Call (with onl y 2 outside lines): 1. Place or answer fi rst trunk call. 2. Press HOLD to place the fi rst trunk call on Hold.
T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) 556 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Method D - A utomatic T andem T runking Using Abbre viated Dialing T o set A utomatic T andem T runking: 1. Dial service code 833. 2. Dial the desired trunk number (Aspire S: 1-8, Aspire: 001-200).
T API Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 557 TAPI Compatibility Description The system has T elephony Applications Programming Interface (T API) capability . T API capability provides: ● Reduced T API Feature Set (see the Supported T API Commands chart belo w).
T API Compatibility 558 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual When a CT A ke yset answers a call, it provides the following data to the connected de vice: If the incoming call data contains the Caller ID number . . . NMBR=XXX (XXX = Caller ID number data) If the incoming call data does not contain the Caller ID number .
T API Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 559 ● T o place a call on Hold, the CT A pro vides the follo wing data to the connected device: A TD! ● When the data ke yset becomes busy ,.
T API Compatibility 560 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T API operation is automatic once programmed in the phone system and enabled in the PC’ s T API application, unless a headset is used. Using the Headset with A utomatic Answer: 1.
Tie Lines Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 561 Tie Lines Description T ie lines directly link a local telephone system with one or more remote systems. The link is inde- pendent of the telco’ s switched network. When a local system user seizes a tie line, the y hear Inter- com dial tone from the remote system.
Tie Lines 562 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● Operator Calling A tie line caller may be able to dial 0 for the remote system’ s operator . ● P aging Internal and External Paging may be a vailable to tie line callers.
Tie Lines Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 563 Pr ogramming ➻ 10-09-01 : DTMF and Dial T one Circuit Setup If the system has DTMF tie lines, be sure to reserve at least one circuit for analog trunk DTMF reception (type 0 or 2).
Tie Lines 564 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 21-05-01 : T oll Restriction Class - International Call Restriction T able 21-05-02 : T oll Restriction Class - International Call Permit T able 2.
Tie Lines Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 565 ➻ 34-06-02 : Add/Delete Digit for E&M Tie Line - Additional Dial Digits If a tie line network requires additional digits to reroute the call to a location, enter the digits for the location which should be added to the receiv ed digits (up to 4 digits).
Tie Lines 566 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 34-09-09 : ANI/DNIS Service Options - Calling Number Address Length When Item 1=0 (ANI/DNIS receiv e format is address), use this option to specify the address length. The choices are from 1 to 8 digits in length.
Tie Lines Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 567 Operation T o place a call over a tie line gr oup: 1. Press idle CALL key and dial 804. 2. Dial tie line group number (Aspire S: 1-8, Aspire: 1-100). 3. Dial number . OR 1. Press tie line group key (PGM 15-07 or SC 852: *02 + group).
Time and Date 568 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Time and Date Description The system uses T ime and Date for: Using the Daylight Savings Setup program, you can determine whether the system should automat- ically adjust the system time for daylight savings time/standard time changes.
Time and Date Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 569 ➻ 10-24-04 : Daylight Sa vings Setup - Start of W eek Enter the week of the month the system should adjust the time for daylight savings time (0 = last week of the month or 1-5).
Time and Date 570 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation The date must be set in system pr ogramming (10-01). T o set the system Time: 1. Press idle CALL key . 2. Dial 828. 3. Dial two digits for the hour (24 hour clock, 13 = 1:00 PM). 4. Dial two digits for the minutes (00-59).
T oll Restriction Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 571 Toll Restriction Description T oll Restriction limits the numbers an extension user may dial. By allo wing extensions to place only certain types of calls, you can better control long distance costs.
T oll Restriction 572 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● International Call Restriction International Call Restriction lets you limit the international calls an extension user may dial. Y ou can build a restrict table to pre vent only certain calls, or you can b uild a permit table to allow only certain calls.
T oll Restriction Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 573 Additional Default Entries For Common P ermit Code T able Additional entries hav e been added to the default Common Permit Code T able.
T oll Restriction 574 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 14-01-08 : Basic T runk Data Setup - T oll Restriction For each trunk, enter 1 to enable T oll Restriction; enter 0 to disable T oll Restriction.
T oll Restriction Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 575 ➻ 21-05-07 : T oll Restriction Class - Permit Code T able For the T oll Restriction Class you select, disable (0) or enable (1) the Permit Code T able. When enabling, select from tables 1-4 in Program 21-06-06.
T oll Restriction 576 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing The system will allo w or deny outgoing access to trunks depending on T oll Restriction.
T oll Restriction, Dial Block Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 577 Toll Restriction, Dial Bloc k Description T oll Restriction Dial Block lets a user temporarily block an extension’ s T oll Restriction. This helps a user block his or her phone from being used by another person while they are a way from their desk.
T oll Restriction, Dial Block 578 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 21-10-01 : Dial Block Restriction Class Per Extension Assign the T oll Restriction class (1-15) to be used by an e xtension when the Dial Block fea- ture is enabled. If this data is “0”, T oll Restriction Class follo ws Program 21-09-01.
T oll Restriction, Dial Block Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 579 T o release Dial Block fr om another extension: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line telephone, lift handset. 2. Dial 101 . 3. Dial the 4-digit Dial Block code. 4.
T oll Restriction Override 580 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Toll Restriction Override Description T oll Restriction Override lets a user temporarily bypass an e xtension’ s T oll Restriction. This helps a user that must place an important call that T oll Restriction normally pre vents.
T oll Restriction Override Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 581 Pr ogramming Start Stop In Program 21-14-01, assign a table with the 6-digit user ID dialed to override the T oll Restriction.
T oll Restriction Override 582 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Start Stop Should a user be able to temporarily override T oll Restriction programming? In Program 20-08-06, enter 0. In Program 20-08-06, enter 1. In Program 20-06-01, assign Class of Service to extensions.
T oll Restriction Override Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 583 Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) ➻ 11-11-34 : Service Code Setup (f or Setup/Entry Operation) - T emporary T oll Restriction Override If required, change the service code (875) for T emporary T oll Restriction Override.
T oll Restriction Override 584 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o temporarily o verride a restricted extension’ s T oll Restriction: Y ou can override r estriction for only one call at a time. 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line telephone, lift handset.
T raffic Repor ts Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 585 Traffic Reports Description The system provides the ability to send data to a PC connected to the Aspire. The telephone call traf fi c data for each extension is captured for use with the SMDR feature.
T raffic Repor ts 586 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T raf fi c T otal Report - Sample Report Pr ogramming ➻ 90-20-01 : T raf fi c Report Data Setup - Call T raf fi c Output Determine whether or not the Call T raf fi c Output should be measured (0=no, 1=yes).
T ransfer Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 587 Transfer Description T ransfer permits an extension user to send (i.e., extend) an acti ve Intercom or outside call to any other extension in the system. W ith T ransfer, an y extension user can quickly send a call to the desired co-worker .
T ransfer 588 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual transferred into a Conference call. This w ould allow , for e xample, an attendant to locate co-workers and then transfer them into an existing telephone meeting. There is no need for the attendant to locate all the parties at the same time and sequentially add them into the Conference.
T ransfer Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 589 Pr ogramming ➻ 11-10-06 : Service Code Setup (f or System Administrator) - Setting the A utomatic For - warding f or Each T runk Line If the default service code (833) for enabling the Automatic T andem T runking feature is not acceptable, change the code as required.
T ransfer 590 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 20-11-07 : Class of Service Options (Hold/T ransfer Service) - T ransfer W ithout Holding In an extension’ s Class of Service, enable (1) or disable (0) the extension’ s ability to use T ransfer Without Holding.
T ransfer Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 591 ➻ 21-01-03 : System Options f or Outgoing Calls - T runk Interdigit T ime (External) Program ho w long an extension must wait before using the Bar ge In feature can be used on a call (this timer waits until this timer expires before putting a call in a talk state).
T ransfer 592 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Barge-In An existing call can be transferred into a call with Bar ge-In enabled. Caller ID Unscreened T ransfers from voice mail will sho w pre-answer Caller ID information.
T ransfer Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 593 Operation T ransferring T runk Calls T o T ransf er a trunk call to a co-worker’ s extension: 1. At keyset or 2-Button telephone, press HOLD. OR At 500/2500 single line telephone, hook fl ash. Y ou hear T ransfer dial tone.
T ransfer 594 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T ransferring Inter com Calls T o T ransf er your Intercom call: 1. At keyset, press HOLD. OR At single line telephone, hook fl ash.
T runk Gr oup Routing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 595 Trunk Group Routing Description T runk Group Routing sets outbound call routing options for users that dial the T runk Group Rout- ing code (9) for trunk calls. T runk Group Routing routes calls in the order speci fi ed by system pro- gramming.
T runk Gr oup Routing 596 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 15-06-01 : T runk Access Map for Extensions Access Map programming may limit T runk Group Routing options.
T runk Gr oup Routing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 597 Related Features A utomatic Route Selection (ARS) Dialing 9 acti vates ARS, ov erriding trunk group routing.
T runk Gr oups 598 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Trunk Groups Description T runk Groups let you optimize trunk usage for incoming and outgoing calls. W ith T runk Groups, users can hav e loop (rotary) keys for trunk calls. Incoming trunk group calls ring these loop ke ys.
T runk Gr oups Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 599 ➻ 14-07-01 : T runk Access Map Setup Assign trunks to Access Maps. ➪ Aspire S: T runk Access Maps 1-8 ➪ Aspire: T runk Access Maps 1-200 ➻ 15-06-01 : T runk Access Map for Extensions Assign Access Maps to extensions.
T runk Gr oups 600 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Loop Ke ys Program a function ke y as a Loop Ke y to allow an extension user to answer incoming trunks within a trunk group. Programmab le Function Keys Function ke ys simplify placing and answering trunk group calls.
T runk Queuing/Camp On Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 601 Trunk Queuing/Camp On Description T runk Queuing permits an extension user to queue (wait in line) on hook for a b usy trunk or trunk group to become free. The system recalls the queued e xtension as soon as the trunk is available.
T runk Queuing/Camp On 602 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features A utomatic Route Selection W ith Automatic Route Selection, T runk Queuing automatically queues for the least costly route. Call W aiting/Camp On and Callback A user can Camp On or leav e a Callback request for an extension.
Universal Ans wer Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 603 Universal Answer Please refer to Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering (page 208) for inf ormation on this feature.
V oice Mail 604 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Voice Mail Description The system is fully compatible with NEC’ s analog NVM-Series V oice Mail with Automated Atten- dant Systems. These systems pro vide telephone users with comprehensive V oice Mail and Auto- mated Attendant features.
V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 605 ● T ransferring to V oice Mail By using T ransfer to V oice Mail, a keyset e xtension user can T ransfer a call to the user’ s own or a co-worker’ s mailbox. After the T ransfer goes through, the caller can leav e a message in the mailbox.
V oice Mail 606 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual V oice Mail Queuing When accessing the voice mail, the system pro vides a voice mail queue. If all the voice mail ports are busy , any calls trying to get to the v oice mail will be placed in queue.
V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 607 The IntraMail is a plug-in “in-skin” full-featured, DSP-based integrated V oice Mail with Auto- mated Attendant for the Aspire S. These voice mails can answer incoming calls and route them quickly and ef fi ciently .
V oice Mail 608 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual IntraMail for Aspire S The Aspire S IntraMail port assignments are fi xed and should not be changed. The follo wing is the default IntraMail: ● Program 16-02-01 : Department Gr oup Assignments for Extensions IntraMail ports assigned to Department Group 8.
V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 609 Unlike the Aspire S, the IntraMail ports in the Aspire M must be de fi ned in system programming. Notes: ● The VRS cannot be used when the IntraMail CompactFlash card is installed. ● An external v oice mail and the IntraMail cannot work simultaneously .
V oice Mail 610 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual IntraMail: Directory Dialing This featur e requir es the IntraMail Utility 1.2. The utility and the instruction sheet for updating the utility ar e available for downloading fr om the NEC T echnical Support Site (ws1.
V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 611 Centralized V oice Mail Can Use Aspire Mail and IntraMail W ith software 4.94 or higher , the Aspire Mail and IntraMail cards can be used with Centralized V oice Mail. Pre viously , only external voice mails could be used with this feature.
V oice Mail 612 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Conditions (A.) The periodic reminder message requires a DSP daughter board for V oice Response System (VRS). (B.) Ring Group calls do not follo w extension call forwarding to v oice mail. (C.) NVM-2e does not accept Caller ID information.
V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 613 ➻ 16-01-08 : Department Group Basic Data Setup - Queuing f or Department Group Call T o hav e Department Group calls queue when busy , set this entry to “1” for an extension or voice mail group.
V oice Mail 614 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Assign T runks As A utomated Attendant T runks - Method 1 ➻ 22-02-01 : Incoming Call T runk Setup Assign Service T ype 4 to each trunk you w ant to ring into V oice Mail as a Direct Inward Line (DIL).
V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 615 ➻ 45-01-04 : V oice Mail Integration Options, Park and P age Enable (1) or disable (0) the system’ s ability to process the V oice Mail’ s Park and P age (*) commands. Y ou should normally enable this option.
V oice Mail 616 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 47-02-02 : IntraMail Station Mailbox Options -Mailbox Number For each mailbox enabled in Program 47-02-01, assign an e xtension number . Programs 47-02- 01 and 47-02-02 are required in order for an extension user to be able to access their v oice mail mailbox.
V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 617 Message W aiting Message W aiting functions normally with V oice Mail installed. One-T ouch Calling An extension can ha ve a One-T ouch Ke y for the V oice Mail Master Number . Programmab le Function Keys Function ke ys simplify calling the V oice Mail system.
V oice Mail 618 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Checking Messa g es (If 15-02-26 = 0 (Message Ke y)) 1. Press the MSG key once. The user can use the VOL UP and VOL DO WN ke ys to view the new messa ges.
V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 619 FOR W ARDING CALLS T O Y OUR MAILBO X T o activate or cancel Call Forwar ding: 1. Press idle CALL key (or lift handset at SL T) and dial *2 . OR Press your Call Forw ard (Station) key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: code 16).
V oice Mail 620 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual RECORDING Y OUR CALL T o record y our active call in your mailbo x: K eyset 1. Press V oice Mail Record key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: code 78) Y ou hear two beeps and your Recor d ke y fl ashes. The beeps periodically r epeat to r emind you that you are r ecording .
V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 621 When P ersonal Answering Machine Em ulation broadcasts y our caller’ s message , you can: Y our telephone must be idle (not on a call). 1. Do nothing. The message is automatically being r ecorded in your mailbox.
V oice Mail 622 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual DIRECT OR Y DIALING Recording a Directory Dialing message: 1. Log onto System Administrator’ s mailbox: SA (72) or press 0 to play a Help message. 2. Select Instruction Menus: I (4). 3. Enter the Directory Dialing Mailbox number or press # to go back to the System Administra- tor Options.
V oice Over Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 623 Voice Over Description V oice Over lets a user interrupt a k eyset e xtension user busy on another call. W ith V oice Over , the busy k eyset extension user hears an alert tone follo wed by the voice of the interrupting party .
V oice Over 624 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 10-03-03 : PCB Setup, F or SLIU Unit - T ransmit CODEC Gain T ype 10-03-04 : PCB Setup, F or SLIU Unit - Receive CODEC Gain T ype Customize the transmit and recei ve le vels of the CODEC Gain T ypes for 500/2500 type single line telephones.
V oice Over Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 625 Operation T o initiate a V oice Over to a b usy extension: If you hear busy instead, you may be able to dial 7 and hear V oice Over (b usy/ring) tone. 1. Press V oice Over key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 48) OR Dial 6.
V oice Response System (VRS) 626 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Voice Response System (VRS) Description The DSP daughter board provides the option for V oice Response System (VRS) which giv es the system voice recording and playback capability .
V oice Response System (VRS) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 627 P ersonal Greeting Personal Greeting allo ws an extension user to record a message and forward their calls. Callers to the extension hear the recorded message and are then forw arded to the new destination.
V oice Response System (VRS) 628 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual For e xample, John Smith could record a Personal Greeting that says: “Hello, this is John Smith. I am away fr om my phone right now but please hold on while I am auto- matically paged.
V oice Response System (VRS) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 629 VRS W aiting Message Using VRS W aiting Message, the system can automatically answer an incoming trunk call fi rst (either a norma.
V oice Response System (VRS) 630 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T ransfer to the VRS Any e xtension user can T ransfer their outside call to the VRS. This lets their caller tak e advantage of the Automated Attendant’ s extensiv e routing capabilities.
V oice Response System (VRS) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 631 1-22 Please start recording A user has dialed the code to record a VRS message or Per- sonal Greeting. 1-23 Recording fi nished A user is recording a VRS message or Personal Greeting and they ha ve exceeded the maximum allo wed recording length.
V oice Response System (VRS) 632 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 900 Preamble If the system has trunks that are part of a 900 (caller paid) service, the VRS can automatically play a prerecorded message when a user answers the call. This prerecorded message should describe the 900 service features and cost.
V oice Response System (VRS) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 633 Y ou can also use the 900 Preamble message to set up an Auto-Answer with Gr eeting application. When a receptionist answers a call, the VRS can play a preamble message such as, “W elcome to ABC Company .
V oice Response System (VRS) 634 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 15-07-01 : Programmable Function K eys For one-b utton access to the Call Forwarding (de vice) setup code (*4 ), assign a Call Forward- ing (De vice) key (code 17).
V oice Response System (VRS) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 635 ➻ 22-14-04 : VRS Delayed Message f or IRG, 2nd W aiting Message Number For each Ring Group, select the message number to be played as the second message (0-49). This program is also used for VRS W aiting Message.
V oice Response System (VRS) 636 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 25-04-01 : VRS/DISA T ransfer Ring Gr oup W ith No Answer/Busy Set the destination that Automated Attendant (OP A) calls ring if the OP A caller dials an exten- sion that doesn’t answer or is b usy .
V oice Response System (VRS) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 637 ➻ 40-10-01 : V oice Announcement Service Option - V A U Fixed Message Enable (1) or disable (0) the system’ s ability to play the fi xed VRS messages (such as “Y ou hav e a message.
V oice Response System (VRS) 638 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T o listen to a previousl y recorded VRS message: 1. Press idle CALL key . OR At a single line telephone, lift handset. 2. Dial 116. 3. Dial 5 ( L isten). 4. Dial the VRS message number to which you want to listen (01-48).
V oice Response System (VRS) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 639 GENERAL MESSA GE T o listen to the General Message: Ke yset Only Y our MW LED fl ashes when ther e is a new Gener al Message . A voice message period- ically r eminds you. 1. Do not lift the handset or press CALL.
V oice Response System (VRS) 640 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual PERSONAL GREETING T o enable a P ersonal Greeting: 1. Press idle CALL key (or lift handset at SL T) and dial *4. OR Press Call Forw arding (Device) k ey (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 54). 2.
V oice Response System (VRS) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 641 P ARK AND P A GE T o have the system P age you when y ou have a call: 1. Press idle CALL key (or lift handset at SL T) and dial *4. OR Press Call Forw arding (Device) k ey (PGM15-07 or SC 851: 17).
V oice Response System (VRS) 642 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual TIME, D A TE AND ST A TION NUMBER CHECK T o chec k the extension number of any ke yset: 1. Do not lift the handset or press idle CALL key . 2. Dial 6 for extension N umber . T o chec k the system time and date from any ke yset extension: 1.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 643 VoIP Description V oIP (voice o ver Internet protocol or voice o ver IP) allows the deli very of voice information using the Internet protocol (sending data ov er the Internet using an IP address).
V oIP 644 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Using LANs Using a LAN setup (local area network) with the Aspire system complies with the ethernet standard (10Base-T/100Base-TX).
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 645 Subnet Mask As the IP Address includes information to identify both the network and the fi nal destination, the Subnet Mask is used to set apart the network and destination information.
V oIP 646 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual W ith the Aspire system, a separate external gatekeeper is not required unless connecting to an out- side H.323 endpoint/gate way which requires an outer gatekeeper or if ov er 50 outer addresses must be registered.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 647 IP Hard ware PCBs: ● NTCPU - Signals the gate way with V oIP communication ● 4V OIPU - V oIP PCB provides a 4-channel voice pack et gateway unit and w orks as a media gate way for V oIP communication.
V oIP 648 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Switches/Hubs f or PoE Using a central power supply or the 8SHUB U PCB with the PoE jumpers set, power ov er category 5 network cables can be pro vided. This eliminates the need of installing separate po wer adapters for each IP phone and it allo ws for centralized power backup.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 649 Aspire V oIP Speci fi cations Category Feature Note IP Address DHCP Server NTCPU DHCP Client V OIPU PCB or IP Phone QoS 802.1p/1q L3 QoS (T oS) Diffserv/IP Precedence Maintenance HTTP Server NTCPU Server H.
V oIP 650 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming In addition to the required V oIP programming described under the Programming - V oIP (page 651) heading, the follo wing features and options have additional programming which may be required.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 651 Programming - V oIP These programs are always required with the V oIP feature. Refer to the following feature options for additional programming. ➻ 10-12-01 : NTCPU Network Setup - IP Address Select the IP address for the IP connection (default: 172.
V oIP 652 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 2. Press 1 to enter the DHCP mode. If not fl ashing, press "1" to disable the DHCP mode. Press the Soft K ey “OK”. The fl ashing item is the curr ent selection. 3. Press 2 to enter the Primary DRS (Device Registration Serv er).
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 653 Programming - H.323 Phone, Static IP Address Setting the IP Address on the ITR-2D-1 IP Phone Using a Static IP Ad dress 1. Press the menu key . The Setup Menu scr een will be displayed with Call Logs as the fi rst entry .
V oIP 654 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 13. The phone needs be restarted for the ne w settings to take ef fect. Press Select key to restart the phone, press Del/Cancel to return to the pre vious menu or Menu to return to standby mode without restarting the phone.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 655 26. Use the ▲ and ▼ ke ys to change the selection and press the Select key . Pr ess the Cancel/Del key to r eturn to the pre vious screen without making any c hanges. 27. The phone needs be restarted for the ne w settings to take ef fect.
V oIP 656 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Programming - Using the Aspire DHCP ➻ 10-13-01 : In-DHCP Server Setup - DHCP Ser ver Mode Enable (1) the system’ s ability to use the built-in DHCP server . The system must be reset in order for the change to take ef fect.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 657 Programming, Aspire IP Keyset or Aspire K eyset with IP Adapter - DHCP Setting the IP Address on an Aspire IP or Aspire K eyset with IP Adapter Using a DHCP Server 1. On the Aspire IP keyset, enter the phone’ s program mode by pressing HOLD CONF * #.
V oIP 658 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 9. Repeat Steps 1-6. 10. Use the ▲ and ▼ ke ys to mov e to “IP Address. ” 11. Press the Select ke y to see the current terminal IP address. W ith DHCP enabled, the IP address, subnet mask, default gate way will be r ead only and user cannot chang e the addr ess.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 659 ➻ 10-16-04 : Option Inf ormation Setup - DRS Set the NTCPU’ s IP address for the DHCP server to the client. ➻ 84-04-01 : V OIPU PCB DHCP Server Mode Setup Enable (1) the use of DHCP for the V OIPU PCB.
V oIP 660 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 8. The phone needs be restarted for the new settings to take ef fect. Press Select key to restart the phone, press Del/Cancel to return to the pre vious menu or Menu to return to standby mode without restarting the phone.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 661 Programming - H.323 Phone, Setting H.323 Options T o complete the H.323 phone programming, after connecting the phone to the LAN, you must con- nect to the phone using an internet bro wser (such as Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator).
V oIP 662 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 4. The following screen appears: The H.323 Con fi guration scr een r equires c hanges be made in or der for the phone to function and display corr ectly .
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 663 5. Optionally , if the IP and subnet mask addresses were set up in the phone’ s programming using the previous programming procedure, you can use the Netw ork Con fi guration windo w to de fi ne the network settings for the phone.
V oIP 664 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 6. Click on the H.323 Con fi guration link or button. 7. Make the following changes: ● LCD Display T ype = Extension_1 ● Number of Lines = 1 ● Extension Name = Enter the extension number to be used for the phone ● H.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 665 LAN Connections Hard ware: ● 8SHUBU PCB - Pro vides 8-port switching hub and the ability to provide PoE for Aspire equipment. ● 802.1p/1q Support ● 24-Port Po wer Supply PoE-managed switch (NEC BlueFire 200/24) ● PoE (Power o ver Ethernet) to Aspire IP/H.
V oIP 666 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual LAN Connection Programming ➻ 10-12-05 : NTCPU Network Setup - NIC Select the ethernet interface for the NTCPU (0=Auto, 1=100M/Full, 2=100M/Half, 3=10M/ Full, 4=10M/Half).
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 667 911 Calls with Networked IP Phones When using IP telephones at a remote site (Site B) which are registered to the main system (Site A), you can use the ARS Class of Service Matching feature added in software 2.
V oIP 668 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Address Con version T able Aspire provides an IP Con version T able with which the system can recognize the IP address of another system without the use of an outside Gatekeeper . Programming ➻ 10-23-01 : H.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 669 ● Supports Silence Suppression ● Aspire provides 5 types of CODEC for the Aspire Ke yset with IP Adapter (de fi ned in Program 84-11, selected in Program 15-05-15).
V oIP 670 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T o reduce the echo: ● Suppress the echo from the Aspire system. ● Suppress the echo from outside the Aspire system. ● Remov e the unsuppressed echo using the echo canceller in the V OIPU. ● Reduce the telephone’ s volume.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 671 CODEC P acket Size/Jitter Buffer Con fi guration Program Item Input Data Default How to Adjust 84-01-33 (H.323 T runk) 84-11-28 (Aspire IP Phone) 84-12-28 (H.323 Extension) Audio Capability Priority 0: G.
V oIP 672 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 84-01-07 (H.323 T runk) 84-11-09 (Aspire IP Phone) 84-12-09 (H.323 Extension) G.729 Jitter Buffer (min) 0 - 145 (msec) 30 Set the same time as selected in G.729 Audio Frame. 84-01-08 (H.323 T runk) 84-11-10 (Aspire IP Phone) 84-12-10 (H.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 673 84-01-30 (H.323 T runk) 84-11-26 (Aspire IP Phone) 84-12-26 (H.323 Extension) T ransmit Gain Level of V OIPU 0 - 28 (-14dB - +14dB) 10 (-4dB) • Aspire IP phone TX g ain becomes congruent with the Aspire IP phone when this data is set to 10 (-4db).
V oIP 674 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Internal Gain Control Control the V OIPU PCB’ s internal echo canceller input by setting the VOIPU RX gain higher and the Highway Gain lo wer . (In the fi gure below set *1 to +12dB and *2 to –12dB.) Not all the sidetone can be remov ed from the COIU by the V OIPU PCB.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 675 Internal Gain Contr ol Program Item Input Data Default How to Adjust 84-16-01 V OIPU RX Limiter Control Gain This option controls the lim- iter gain for IP to PCM direc- tion. This option adds gain to the voice input from the LAN and remov es it from the voice output to highway .
V oIP 676 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual CODEC Filter Con fi guration Program Item Input Data Default How to Adjust 81-07-01 CODEC Filter Setup for Analog T runk Port 0: No Filter 1: 0dB Loss 2: 4dB Loss 3: 8dB Loss 4. Speci fi ed Data 2 Setting this data depends on the loss of the analog line.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 677 Analog P or t CODEC Filter Setup T ype 1 T ype 2 T ype 3 Filter Data 0dB Loss ø0.5 4dB Loss ø0.5 8dB Loss APEX3600 LC HEX DEC HEX DEC HEX DEC HEX DEC B1.
V oIP 678 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Echo Canceler Con fi guration Program Item Input Data Default How to Adjust 84-01-24 (H.323 T runk) 84-11-20 (Aspire IP Phone) 84-12-20 (H.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 679 Enhanced Echo Adjustment W ith software 1.18 or higher and V OIPU fi rmware 3.2 or later , the Echo Canceller option has been enhanced. This enhancement supports the follo wing features: ● Supports long echo tail size (max.
V oIP 680 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual The follo wing limitations apply when you use long echo tail size (32msec or more) with the enhanced Echo Canceller : ● Decreased V OIPU channels If you choose a long echo tail size the number of av ailable V OIPU channels is reduced to 3/4.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 681 ➻ 84-11-27 : Dterm IP CODEC Inf ormation Basic Setup - TX Gain Adjust the transmit gain as needed (0-28 [-14~+14]). ➻ 84-06-12 : V OIPU Setup - Long T ail Echo Mode T urn off (0) or on (1) the Long T ail Echo Mode for each VOIPU slot.
V oIP 682 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Fax Rela y Required Items 16V OIPU PCB G3 Fax equipment (G4 F ax is not supported) Basic Programming All V OIPU programming required for the feature as we.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 683 ➻ 84-08-02 : Firmware Name Setup - Firmwar e File Name Enter the fi rmware fi le name to be used, up to 30 characters.
V oIP 684 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual H.323 T erminals Hold and T ransfer features are av ailable when using the ITR-2D-1 H.323 terminal. The fi rmware in this terminal should be version 2.08 or higher . In order to use an H.323 phone as an Aspire extension, the H.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 685 IP Extensions ● When the fi rst IP phone is plugged in, the system automatically assigns four consecuti ve sta- tion ports av ailable as IP ports (the system takes the next group of consecuti ve ports av ail- able).
V oIP 686 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Group CODEC / Frame (VIF) Number * Comments Group 1 G.711 / 30ms • No compression • Best voice performance • Most restricted in the quantity of calls • W ith a 32V OIPU, 12 channels are possible with this setting.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 687 The follo wing chart shows the maximum number of simultaneous calls based on the dif ferent group settings and the type of V OIPU PCB being used. So, for example, with a 16V OIPU, 7 calls can use the G.711/G.
V oIP 688 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 20V OIPU PCB (16V OIPU with 4V OIPDB) CODEC VIF Number of Simultaneous Calls Group 1 G.711/G729 20ms 01234 5 6 7 Group 2 G.711 30ms 20 19 18 17 15 14 13 12 --- 0 12 11 10 --- 0 10 98765 Group 3 G.729/G.723 30ms 0013 - - - 1 5 024 - - - 1 4 023467 G.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 689 V oIP Phones When connecting an V oIP phone, the MA C address (ID) is automatically registered in Program 15- 05-02. If the registration in Program 15-05-02 is made manually , prior to connecting the phone, when the phone is connected, it will use the extension number assigned.
V oIP 690 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 2. Press the Soft Key “SA VE” to sav e the entries and return the phone to an idle condition. 7. DNS DNS Address 0.0.0.0 DNS Domain Name DRS Name NECDRS1 8. VLAN Disable VLAN Mode VLAN ID VLAN Priority 9.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 691 Accessing the Maintenance Menu 1. On the Aspire keyset with an IP adapter , enter the phone’ s program mode by pressing HOLD CONF * #. This enters into the IP User Menu. Press HOLD # 0 to then enter the Maintenance Menu.
V oIP 692 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual IP T runks When installing a V oIP PCB, the system automatically assigns trunk ports to match the card’ s port capacity . For example, a 4V OIPU would take 4 trunk ports, the 4V OIPU with a 4VOIPDB w ould take 8 trunk ports.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 693 Programming ➻ 84-01-34 : CODEC Inf ormation Basic Setup - Bandwidth Contr ol Enable (1) or disable (0) voice bandwidth control on H.323 trunks. ➻ 84-01-35 : CODEC Inf ormation Basic Setup - Maximum Bandwidth Set the maximum total bandwidth limitation for voice pack ets (0-65535 kbps).
V oIP 694 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 84-06-10 : V OIPU Setup - DTMF Behavior Determine the operation of the DTMF relay for the V OIPU PCB. For out-of-band DTMF , set this option to “2” - out-of-band DTMF relay , do not pass tones as voice.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 695 RTP Forwar ding A vailable W ith software 4.93+ the delay of the R TP packet is improved. Pre viously , the V OIPU PCB decoded the R TP packet to voice. The voice returned to the V OIPU PCB through the backplane of the Aspire.
V oIP 696 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual VLAN/QoS The Aspire system supports: ● IEEE802.1q (VLAN T agging) ● IEEE802.1p (Priority) W ith the VLAN tagging mode, the Aspire can handle packets with or without a VLAN tag. If the VLAN ID of a packet is dif ferent from the registered one, that packet will be dropped.
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 697 Lay er 3 (T oS) The router-supported T oS controls routing priority of packets by following the T oS fi eld. It is possi- ble to gi ve priority to the v oice packet using the T oS fi eld. ● There are two types of T oS formats: Dif fServ and IP Precedence.
V oIP 698 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual V OIPU DSP Resource Assignment ➻ 10-19-01 : V OIPU DSP Resource Selection Specify the operating mode of the DSP voice resource on the V OIPU PCB (DSP Resource: 01-32, 0=IP extensions and trunks, 1=IP e xtension only , 2=IP trunk only).
V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 699 Related Features Networking Aspire systems can be connected together through a LAN using V oIP . Networked IP phones can be programmed to follow ARS COS Matching in order for 911 calls to seize a local line to call the site’ s local authorities (and not the networked site’ s).
V olume Controls 700 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Volume Controls Description Each ke yset user can control the volume of incoming ringing, splash tone, P aging, Background Music, Handsfree and your handset. K eysets consolidate all adjustments into the v olume buttons.
V olume Controls Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 701 Operation T o adjust the v olume of incoming ringing and splash tone: 1. If the phone is idle, press the CALL key and dial 829. If the phone is ringing, skip to Step 2. 2. Press VOLUME ▲ or V OLUME ▼ .
W arning T one For Long Con versation 702 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Warning Tone For Long Conver sation Description The system can broadcast warning tones to a trunk caller warning them that the y have been on the call too long.
W arning T one For Long Con versation Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 703 Pr ogramming ➻ 14-01-17 : Basic T runk Data Setup - T runk to T runk W arning T one for Long Con versation Alarm Determine whether DISA callers should hear the W arning T one for Long Con versations (0=disabled, 1=enabled).
W arning T one For Long Con versation 704 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering W arning T one for Long Con versation does not occur for incoming trunk calls.
Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 705 Pr ogramming.
706 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual.
Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 707 Introduction to Programming Before You Start Programming Section 2 - Pr ogramming Bef ore Reading This Section This section provides you with detailed information about the system programs.
Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming 708 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual How to Enter the Pr ogramming Mode T o enter the programming mode: 1. Go to any working display telephone. In a newly installed system, use e xtension 301 (port 1).
Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 709 How to Exit the Pr ogramming Mode T o exit the pr ogramming mode: When you are done programming, you must be out of a program’ s options to exit (pressing the MSG ke y will exit the program’ s option).
Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming 710 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Using Ke ys to Move Ar ound in the Programs Once you enter the programming mode, use the ke ys in the following chart to enter data, edit data and mov e around in the menus.
Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 711 Pr ogramming Names and T e xt Messages Se veral programs (e.g., Program 20-16: Selectable Display Messages) require you to enter te xt. Use the following chart when entering and editing te xt.
Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming 712 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual With Software 2.05+: When using i-Series telephones on the Aspire system, not all the same characters are available. Refer to the follo wing chart for the i-Series characters: Use this keypad digit .
Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 713 Using Soft Ke ys For Programming Each Aspire display telephone provides interactiv e soft keys for intuiti ve feature access. The options for these ke ys will automatically change depending on where you are in the system pro- gramming.
Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming 714 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual System Number Plan/Capacities - Aspire Comparisons System Number Plan/Capacities System T ype:.
Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 715 DIOPU: • Physical Ports • Logical Ports 01-02 LD T runk: 0-8 OPX: 0-8 01-08 LD T runk: 0-20.
Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming 716 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Extension T elephone Extension Port Numbers • K eysets • Single Line Phones/Analog De vice.
Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 717 2PGD AD Modules 10 56 56 AD A (Recording Jack) Adapters 24 192 192 Aspire W ireless Bases N/A 1.
Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming 718 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Data Communication Interfaces APR Software Port Numbers 193-256 W ith software 4.xx or higher: 193-512 193-256 W ith software 4.xx or higher: 193-512 193-512 AP A Adapters 24 192 192 APR Adapters B1 = 24 B2 = 8 prior to 2.
Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 719 V oice Mail Ports for IntraMail 8 ( fi x ed extension ports 43-50) N/A N/A Ports for External .
Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming 720 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Passw ords User Passw ord for setting T oll Restriction Override and Changing Class of Service.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-01 : Time and Date Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 721 Program 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-01 : Time and Date Description Use Program 10-01 : Time and Date to change the system Time and Date through system pro- gramming.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-01 : Time and Date 722 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-01 (Time and Date): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-02 : Location Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 723 10-02 : Location Setup Description Use Program 10-02 : Location Setup to de fi ne the location of the installed system. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL SA • A vailable.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-02 : Location Setup 724 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-02 (Location Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 725 10-03 : PCB Setup Description Use Pr ogram 10-03 : PCB Setup to setup and con fi rm the Basic Con fi guration data for each PCB.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup 726 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Input Data For ESIU Unit Physical Port Number Through Software 3.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 727 05 Optional Installed Unit 2 0- none 1 = APR Module 2 = AP A Module 3 = ADA Module 4 = CT A Module 5 = CTU Module 0 B-Channel 2 Item No.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup 728 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual For SLIU Unit For COIU Unit For DIOPU Unit For TLIU Unit Physical Port Number 01-16 Item No. Item Input Data Default 01 Logical Port Number Through Softwar e 3.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 729 For BRIU Unit ISDN Line Number 01-08 Item No. Item Input Data Default 01 ISDN Line Mode 0 = Not set 1 = T -Bus 2 = S-Bus Options 3-5 determines the cloc k sour ce for the networked connection.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup 730 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Note 1. The start port number of a BRI line is displayed. T wo logic ports are automatically assigned to a BRI line. Note 2. Each timer value of Layer3 are set up for e very type of Program 81-06 (T -Bus) and Pro- gram 82-06 (S-Bus).
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 731 For PRIU Unit Item No. Item Input Data Default 01 ISDN Line Mode 0 = Not set 1 = T -Bus 2 = S-B.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup 732 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Note 1. The start port number of a PRI line is displayed. Thirty logic ports are automatically assigned to a PRI line. Note 2. Each timer value of Layer3 is set up for each type in Program 81-06 (T -Bus) and Pro- gram 82-06 (S-Bus).
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 733 For T1 Unit For VMSU Unit For V OIPU Unit Physical Port Number 01-32 Item No.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup 734 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions (A.) When changing a de fi ned terminal type, fi rst set the type to ‘0’ and then plug the new de vice in to hav e the system automatically de fi ne it or rede fi ne the type manually .
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-04 : Music on Hold Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 735 10-04 : Music on Hold Setup Description Use Pr ogram 10-04 : Music on Hold Setup to set the Music on Hold selection. For MOH, the sys- tem can provide silence to callers on Hold or one of ele ven synthesized selections.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-04 : Music on Hold Setup 736 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-04 (Music on Hold Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 04 3.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-05 : General Purpose Relay Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 737 10-05 : General Purpose Relay Setup Description Use Program 10-05 : General Pur pose Relay Setup to de fi ne which Relay circuits (5-8) on 2PGD AD Adapter are used for General Purpose Relay .
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-05 : General Purpose Relay Setup 738 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-05 (General Purpose Relay Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-06 : ISDN BRI Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 739 10-06 : ISDN BRI Setup Description Use Program 10-06 : ISDN BRI Setup to de fi ne the TEI selection and DID mode for DID callers when the BRI feature is used.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-06 : ISDN BRI Setup 740 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● ISDN Compatibility T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-06 (ISDN BRI Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-07 : Con versation Recor d Cir cuits Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 741 10-07 : Conversation Record Cir cuits Description Use Program 10-07 : Con versation Record Circuits to select the number of Conference circuits to be used for Con versation Recording.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-07 : Con versation Recor d Cir cuits 742 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-07 (Con versation Recor d Circuits): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-08 : Pre-Ringing Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 743 10-08 : Pre-Ringing Setup Description Use Pr ogram 10-08 : Pre-Ringing Setup to enable or disable pre-ringing for trunk calls. This sets ho w a trunk initially rings a telephone.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-08 : Pre-Ringing Setup 744 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-08 (Pre-Ringing Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-09 : DTMF and Dial T one Circuit Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 745 10-09 : DTMF and Dial Tone Circuit Setup Description Use Program 10-09 : DTMF and Dial T one Cir cuit Setup to allocate the circuits on the NTCPU PCBs for either DTMF recei ving or dial tone detection.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-09 : DTMF and Dial T one Circuit Setup 746 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-09 (DTMF and Dial T one Cir cuit Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-12 : NTCPU Network Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 747 10-12 : NTCPU Network Setup Description Use Pr ogram 10-12 : NTCPU Network Setup to setup the IP Address, Subnet-Mask, and Default Gate way addresses.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-12 : NTCPU Network Setup 748 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions The system must be reset in order for these changes to take af fect. Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP 06 NAPT Router Setup Enable or disable the N APT Router Setup.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-12 : NTCPU Network Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 749 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-12 (NTCPU Network Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 12 3.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-13 : In-DHCP Ser ver Setup 750 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-13 : In-DHCP Server Setup Description Use Program 10-13 : In-DHCP Ser ver Setup to setup the DHCP Serv er built into the NTCPU. Input Data Conditions The system must be reset in order for these changes to take af fect.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-13 : In-DHCP Ser ver Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 751 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-13 (In-DHCP Server Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 13 3.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-14 : Managed Network Setup 752 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-14 : Managed Network Setup Description Use Program 10-14 : Managed Netw ork Setup to set up the range of the IP address which the DHCP Server leases to a client.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-14 : Managed Network Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 753 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-14 (Managed Network Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 14 3.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-15 : Client Information Setup 754 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-15 : Client Information Setup Description Use Program 10-15 : Client Inf ormation Setup to set up the client information when the DHCP server needs to assign a fi x ed IP address to clients.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-15 : Client Information Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 755 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-15 (Client Information Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-16 : Option Information Setup 756 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-16 : Option Information Setup Description Use Program 10-16 : Option Inf ormation Setup to set up the option giv en from the DHCP server to each client.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-16 : Option Information Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 757 Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-16 (Option Information Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-17 : H.323 Gatekeeper Setup 758 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-17 : H.323 Gatekeeper Setup Description Use Program 10-17 : H.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-17 : H.323 Gatekeeper Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 759 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-17 (H.323 Gatekeeper Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 17 3.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-18 : H.323 Alias Address Setup 760 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-18 : H.323 Alias Address Setup Description Use Program 10-18 : H.323 Alias Address Setup to set up the Alias Address registered into the External Gatekeeper .
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-18 : H.323 Alias Address Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 761 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-18 (H.323 Alias Address Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-19 : V OIPU DSP Resource Selection 762 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-19 : V OIPU DSP Resource Selection Description Use Program 10-19 : V OIPU DSP Resource Selection to specify the operating mode of the DSP resource on the V OIPU PCB.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-19 : V OIPU DSP Resource Selection Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 763 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-19 (V OIPU DSP Resource Selection): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-20 : LAN Setup for External Equipment 764 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-20 : LAN Setup for External Equipment Description Use Program 10-20 : LAN Setup for Exter nal Equipment to de fi ne the TCP port/address/etc.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-20 : LAN Setup for External Equipment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 765 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-20 (LAN Setup for External Equipment): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-21 : NTCPU Hard ware Setup 766 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-21 : NTCPU Hardware Setup Description Use Program 10-21 : NTCPU Hard ware Setup to set up v arious hardware, such as the baud rate of COM port and the switch for control on NTCPU.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-21 : NTCPU Hard ware Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 767 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-02 (Location Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-22 : Setting the W ake On LAN f or APSU 768 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-22 : Setting the W ake On LAN for APSU Description Use Pr ogram 10-22 : Setting the W ake On LAN f or APSU to set up the data required to start the APSU unit (server) from a ke y telephone.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-22 : Setting the W ake On LAN f or APSU Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 769 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-22 (Setting the W ake On LAN for APSU): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-23 : H.323 System Interconnection 770 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-23 : H.323 System Interconnection Description Use Program 10-23 : H.323 System Inter connection to de fi ne the IP address of another system, call control port number and alias address for Aspire system inter-connection.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-23 : H.323 System Interconnection Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 771 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-23 (H.323 System Interconnection): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-24 : Daylight Sa vings Setup 772 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-24 : Daylight Savings Setup Description Use Program 10-24 : Daylight Sa vings Setup to set the options for daylight savings.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-24 : Daylight Sa vings Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 773 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference T ime and Date T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-24 (Daylight Savings Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-25 : H.323 Gatewa y Prefix Setup 774 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-25 : H.323 Gateway Prefix Setup Description Use Pr ogram 10-25 : H.323 Gateway Pre fi x Setup to set the gate way pre fi x registered to the out- side gatekeeper .
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-26 : IP System Operation Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 775 10-26 : IP System Operation Setup Description Use Program 10-26 : IP System Operation Setup to set the operation mode of the IP system.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-26 : IP System Operation Setup 776 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-26 (IP System Operation Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-27 : IP System ID Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 777 10-27 : IP System ID Description Use Program 10-27 : IP System ID to set the IP address of the netw orked IP systems. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-27 : IP System ID 778 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-27 (IP System ID): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 27 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-28 : SIP T runk Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 779 10-28 : SIP Trunk Basic Setup Description Use Program 10-28 : SIP T runk Basic Setup to set the basic options used for SIP trunks. Contact Y our NEC Sales Representativ e for information on the SIP feature availability .
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-28 : SIP T runk Basic Setup 780 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-28 (SIP T runk Basic Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 28 3.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-29 : SIP Pro xy Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 781 10-29 : SIP Proxy Setup Description Use Program 10-29 : SIP Pr oxy Setup to set the proxy options for SIP trunks. Contact Y our NEC Sales Representativ e for information on the SIP feature availability .
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-29 : SIP Pro xy Setup 782 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-29 (SIP Pro xy Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-30 : SIP A uthentication Information Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 783 10-30 : SIP Authentication Information Description Use Program 10-30 : SIP A uthentication Information to set the authentication options for SIP trunks.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-30 : SIP A uthentication Information 784 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-30 (SIP Authentication Inf ormation): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-33 : SIP Registrar/Pro xy Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 785 10-33 : SIP Registrar/Proxy Setup Description Use Program 10-33 : SIP Registrar/Pr oxy Setup to set the registrar/proxy options for SIP extensions.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-33 : SIP Registrar/Pro xy Setup 786 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-33 (SIP Registrar/Pro xy Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-31 : Networking K eep Alive Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 787 10-31 : Networking Keep Alive Setup Description Use Program 10-31 : Netw orking Keep Alive Setup to set the interv al and retry count of the Aspire Networking keep ali ve message.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-31 : Networking K eep Alive Setup 788 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-31 (Networking Keep Alive Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-32 : PRI Networking Channel Limitation Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 789 10-32 : PRI Networking Channel Limitation Description Use Program 10-32 : PRI Netw orking Channel Limitation to assign the number of B-channels to be used for each ISDN PCB.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-32 : PRI Networking Channel Limitation 790 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-32 (PRI Networking Channel Limitation): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-36 : SIP T runk Registration Information Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 791 10-36 : SIP Trunk Registration Information Setup Description Use Program 10-36 : SIP T runk Registration Information Setup to set the SIP trunk registration information.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-36 : SIP T runk Registration Information Setup 792 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-36 (SIP T runk Registration Inf ormation Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-37 : UPnP Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 793 10-37 : UPnP Setup Description Use Program 10-37 : UPnP Setup to set the UPnP options for SIP trunks. Contact Y our NEC Sales Representativ e for information on the SIP feature availability .
Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-37 : UPnP Setup 794 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-37 (UPnP Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 37 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 795 Program 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering Description Use Program 11-01 : System Numbering to set the system’ s internal (Intercom) numbering plan.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering 796 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Step 2: Specify the length of the code you want to change After you specify a single or two digit code, you must tell the system ho w many digits com- prise the code.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 797 System Numbering Dial T ypes: 1=Service Code , 2=Extension Number , 3=T runk Access, 4=Special T runk.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering 798 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual System Numbering Dial T ypes: 1=Service Code , 2=Extension Number , 3=T runk Access, 4=Special T run.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 799 System Numbering Dial T ypes: 1=Service Code , 2=Extension Number , 3=T runk Access, 4=Special T runk.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering 800 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual System Numbering Dial T ypes: 1=Service Code , 2=Extension Number , 3=T runk Access, 4=Special T run.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 801 System Numbering Dial T ypes: 1=Service Code , 2=Extension Number , 3=T runk Access, 4=Special T runk.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering 802 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual System Numbering Dial T ypes: 1=Service Code , 2=Extension Number , 3=T runk Access, 4=Special T run.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 803 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Flexible System Numbering T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-01 (System Numbering): 1.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-02 : Extension Numbering 804 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11-02 : Extension Numbering Description Use Program 11-02 : Extension Numbering to set the e xtension number . The extension number can be up to eight digits long.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-02 : Extension Numbering Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 805 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-02 (Extension Numbering): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-04 : Vir tual Extension Numbering 806 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11-04 : Virtual Extension Numbering Description Use Pr ogram 11-04 : V irtual Extension Numbering to de fi ne the virtual extension numbers.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-04 : Vir tual Extension Numbering Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 807 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-04 (Vir tual Extension Numbering): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 04 3.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-06 : A CI Extension Numbering 808 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11-06 : ACI Extension Numbering Description Use Program 11-06 : A CI Extension Numbering to de fi ne the virtual extension number to be used for the ACI.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-06 : A CI Extension Numbering Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 809 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-06 (A CI Extension Numbering): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-07 : Depar tment Group Pilot Number s 810 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11-07 : Department Group Pilot Numbers Description Use Program 11-07 : Department Gr oup Pilot Numbers to assign pilot numbers to each Depart- ment Group set up in Program 16-02.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-07 : Depar tment Group Pilot Number s Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 811 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-07 (Depar tment Gr oup Pilot Numbers): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-08 : A CI Gr oup Pilot Number 812 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11-08 : ACI Group Pilot Number Description Use Program 11-08 : A CI Group Pilot Number to assign the pilot number to the A CI Groups set in Program 33-02.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-08 : A CI Gr oup Pilot Number Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 813 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-08 (A CI Group Pilot Number): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-09 : T runk Access Code 814 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11-09 : Trunk Access Code Description Use Program 11-09 : T runk Access Code to assign the trunk access code (normally 9). The trunk access code can be set from 1 to 8 digits which is de fi ned to type 3 and 4 in Program 11-01.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-09 : T runk Access Code Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 815 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-09 (T runk Access Code): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 09 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-10 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or System Administrator) 816 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11-10 : Service Code Setup (for System Administrator) Description Use Program 11-10 : Ser vice Code Setup (for System Administrator) to customize the Service Codes for the System Administrator .
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-10 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or System Administrator) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 817 12 Night Mode Switching for Other Group KTS 118 12-xx 20-07-01 13 Not .
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-10 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or System Administrator) 818 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference Refer to chart abov e. T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-10 (Service Code Setup (for System Administrator)): 1.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-11 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Setup/Entr y Operation) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 819 11-11 : Service Code Setup (for Setup/Entry Operation) Description Use Program 11-11 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Setup/Entry Operation) to customize the Service Codes which are used for registration and setup.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-11 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Setup/Entr y Operation) 820 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 16 F orce Ringing of Incoming Intercom Calls KTS 823 20-09-05 20-02.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-11 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Setup/Entr y Operation) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 821 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference Refer to chart abov e.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-11 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Setup/Entr y Operation) 822 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-11 (Service Code Setup (for Setup/Entry Operation)): 1.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-12 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Ser vice Access) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 823 11-12 : Service Code Setup (for Service Access) Description Use Program 11-12 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Service Access) to customize the Service Codes which are used for service access.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-12 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Ser vice Access) 824 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11 Group Abbreviated Dialing KTS, SL T #4 12 Last Number Dial KTS, SL T #5.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-12 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Ser vice Access) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 825 Conditions For “8xx” service codes used after dialing an e xtension (po.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-12 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Ser vice Access) 826 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-12 (Service Code Setup (for Service Access)): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-13 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or A CD) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 827 11-13 : Service Code Setup (for ACD) Description Use Program 11-13 : Ser vice Code Setup (for A CD) to customize the Service Codes which are used with the Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) feature.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-13 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or A CD) 828 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-13 (Service Code Setup (for A CD)): 1.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-14 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Hotel) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 829 11-14 : Service Code Setup (for Hotel) Description Use Program 11-14 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Hotel) to customize the Service Codes which are used with the Hotel/Motel feature.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-14 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Hotel) 830 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Hotel/Motel T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-14 (Service Code Setup (for Hotel)): 1.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-15 : Ser vice Code Setup, Administrative (for Special Access) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 831 11-15 : Service Code Setup, Administrative (for Special Acces.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-15 : Ser vice Code Setup, Administrative (for Special Access) 832 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Hotel/Motel ● Maintenance T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-15 (Service Code Setup, Administrative (f or Hotel)): 1.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-16 : Single Digit Ser vice Code Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 833 11-16 : Single Digit Service Code Setup Description Use Program 11-16 : Single Digit Ser vice Code Setup to customize the one-digit Service Codes used when a busy or ring back signal is heard.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-16 : Single Digit Ser vice Code Setup 834 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-16 (Single Digit Service Code Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-17 : A CD Gr oup Pilot Number Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 835 11-17 : ACD Group Pilot Number Description Use Program 11-17 : A CD Group Pilot Number to assign the A CD Master Number for each A CD Group. This is the number users dial to transfer calls to the ACD Group.
Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-17 : A CD Gr oup Pilot Number 836 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-17 (A CD Group Pilot Number): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 17 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-01 : Night Mode Function Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 837 Program 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-01 : Night Mode Function Setup Description Use Pr ogram 12-01 : Night Mode Function Setup to set up the Night Mode options.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-01 : Night Mode Function Setup 838 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 12-01 (Night Mode Function Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 12 01 3.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-02 : A utomatic Night Ser vice P atterns Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 839 12-02 : Automatic Night Service Patterns Description Use Program 12-02 : A utomatic Night Service Patterns to de fi ne the daily pattern of the auto night switch setting.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-02 : A utomatic Night Ser vice P atterns 840 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Time P attern 2 Default All groups, all patterns : 00:00 to 00:00 = Mode 1 Time P.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-02 : A utomatic Night Ser vice P atterns Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 841 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 12-02 (Automatic Night Service P atterns): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-03 : W eekly Night Service Switching 842 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 12-03 : W eekly Night Service Switching Description Use Program 12-03 : W eekly Night Service Switching to de fi ne a weekly schedule of night-switch settings.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-03 : W eekly Night Service Switching Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 843 Feature Cr oss Reference ● Night Service T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 12-03 (Weekl y Night Ser v ice Switching): 1.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-04 : Holiday Night Service Switching 844 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 12-04 : Holiday Night Service Switching Description Use Program 12-04 : Holiday Night Ser vice Switching to de fi ne a yearly schedule of holiday night-switch settings.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-04 : Holiday Night Service Switching Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 845 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 12-04 (Holiday Night Service Switching): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-05 : Night Mode Group Assignment f or Extensions 846 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 12-05 : Night Mode Group Assignment for Extensions Description Use Program 12-05 : Night Mode Gr oup Assignment for Extensions to a assign Day/Night Mode Group for each extension.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-05 : Night Mode Group Assignment f or Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 847 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 12-05 (Night Mode Group Assignment f or Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-06 : Night Mode Group Assignment f or T runks 848 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 12-06 : Night Mode Group Assignment for Trunks Description Use Program 12-06 : Night Mode Gr oup Assignment for T runks to assign a Day/Night Mode Group for each trunk port.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-06 : Night Mode Group Assignment f or T runks Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 849 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 12-06 (Night Mode Group Assignment f or T runks): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-07 : T ext Data f or Night Mode 850 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 12-07 : Text Data for Night Mode Description Use Program 12-07 : T ext Data f or Night Mode to make an original text message which is dis- played on an LCD of ke yset telephone in each Night Mode.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-07 : T ext Data f or Night Mode Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 851 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 12-07 (T ext Data f or Night Mode): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 12 07 3.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-08 : Night Mode Ser vice Range 852 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 12-08 : Night Mode Service Range Description Use Program 12-08 : Night Mode Ser vice Range to set the number of modes a user will toggle through when using the Night Mode Programmable Function Ke y to toggle night modes.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-08 : Night Mode Ser vice Range Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 853 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 12-08 (Night Mode Service Rang e): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 12 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-08 : Night Mode Ser vice Range 854 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -.
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-01 : Abbreviated Dialing Function Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 855 Program 13 : Abbreviated Dialing 13-01 : Abbreviated Dialing Function Setup Description Use Program 13-01 : Abbre viated Dialing Function Setup to de fi ne the Abbreviated Dialing functions.
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-01 : Abbreviated Dialing Function Setup 856 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-01 (Abbreviated Dialing Function Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-02 : Group Abbre viated Dialing Bins Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 857 13-02 : Group Abbreviated Dialing Bins Description Use Program 13-02 : Gr oup Abbre viated Dialing Bins to de fi ne the range of bin numbers to be used by each Abbreviated Dialing group (refer to Program 13-03).
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-02 : Group Abbre viated Dialing Bins 858 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-02 (Group Abbreviated Dialing Bins): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-03 : Abbreviated Dialing Gr oup Assignment for Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 859 13-03 : Abbreviated Dialing Group Assignment for Extensions Description Use Pr ogram 13-03 : Abbre viated Dialing Group Assignment for Extensions to assign Abbrevi- ated Dialing Group for each extension.
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-03 : Abbreviated Dialing Gr oup Assignment for Extensions 860 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-03 (Abbreviated Dialing Group Assignment f or Extensions): 1.
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-04 : Abbreviated Dialing Number and Name Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 861 13-04 : Abbreviated Dialing Number and Name Description Use Pr ogram 13-04 : Abbreviated Dialing Number and Name to store Abbreviated Dialing data into the Abbreviated Dialing areas.
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-04 : Abbreviated Dialing Number and Name 862 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● Abbre viated Dialing T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-04 (Abbreviated Dialing Number and Name): 1.
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-05 : Abbreviated Dialing T runk Gr oup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 863 13-05 : Abbreviated Dialing Trunk Group Description Use Program 13-05 : Abbre viated Dialing T runk Group to de fi ne the trunk group to be seized for each Abbreviated Dialing number (refer to Program 13-05).
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-05 : Abbreviated Dialing T runk Gr oup 864 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-05 (Abbreviated Dialing T runk Gr oup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-07 : T elephone Book Number and Name Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 865 13-07 : Telephone Book Number and Name Description Use Program 13-07 : T elephone Book Numer and Name to de fi ne the T elephone Books.
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-07 : T elephone Book Number and Name 866 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-07 (T elephone Book Number and Name): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-08 : T elephone Book System Name Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 867 13-08 : Telephone Book System Name Description Use Program 13-08 : T elephone Book System Name to de fi ne the nameT elephone Books.
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-08 : T elephone Book System Name 868 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-08 (T elephone Book Name): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 13 08 3.
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-09 : T elephone Book Gr oup Name Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 869 13-09 : Telephone Book Group Name Description Use Program 13-09 : T elephone Book Group Name to de fi ne the name for the T elephone book Group.
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-09 : T elephone Book Gr oup Name 870 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-09 (T elephone Book Group Name): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 13 09 3.
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-10 : T elephone Book Routing Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 871 13-10 : Telephone Book Routing Description Use Program 13-10 : T elephone Book Routing to de fi ne the routing for the T elephone book Group.
Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-10 : T elephone Book Routing 872 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-10 (T elephone Book Routing): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 13 10 3.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-01 : Basic T runk Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 873 Program 14 : Trunk, Basic Setup 14-01 : Basic Trunk Data Setup Description Use Program 14-01 : Basic T runk Data Setup to set the basic options for each trunk port.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-01 : Basic T runk Data Setup 874 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 06 SMDR Print Out Use this option to hav e the system include/exclude the trunk you are pro- gramming from the SMDR printout. See Program 35-01 and 35-02 for SMDR printout options.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-01 : Basic T runk Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 875 16 For ced Release of Held Call Use this option to enable/disable forced release for calls on Hold. If enabled, the system disconnects a call if it is on Hold longer than a programmed interv al (Pro- gram 24-01-05).
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-01 : Basic T runk Data Setup 876 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Default Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference Refer to features in abov e chart.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-01 : Basic T runk Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 877 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-01 (Basic T runk Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 14 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-02 : Analog T runk Data Setup 878 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 14-02 : Analog Trunk Data Setup Description Use Program 14-02 : Analog T runk Data Setup to set the basic options for each analog trunk port.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-02 : Analog T runk Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 879 07 DP to DTMF Con version Options Determine how a user can con vert a Dial Pulse (DP) call to a DTMF call. For each trunk, set the type of DP to DTMF con version required.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-02 : Analog T runk Data Setup 880 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-02 (Analog T runk Data Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-04 : Behind PBX Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 881 14-04 : Behind PBX Setup Description Use Program 14-04 : Behind PBX Setup to indicate if the trunk is installed behind a PBX.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-04 : Behind PBX Setup 882 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-04 (Behind PBX Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 14 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-05 : T runk Group Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 883 14-05 : Trunk Group Description Use Program 14-05 : T runk Groups to assign trunks to T runk Groups. Y ou can also assign the outbound priority for trunks within the group.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-05 : T runk Group 884 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-05 (T runk Group): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 14 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-06 : T runk Group Routing Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 885 14-06 : Trunk Group Routing Description Use Program 14-06 : T runk Group Routing to set up an outbound routing table for the trunk groups you assigned in Program 14-05.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-06 : T runk Group Routing 886 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Default Route 1, Order Number 1 = 1 (T runk Group 1), Order Numbers 2, 3, 4 = 0 (not speci .
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-07 : T runk Access Map Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 887 14-07 : Trunk Access Map Setup Description Use Program 14-07 : T runk Access Map Setup to set up the T runk Access Maps. This sets an extension’ s access options for trunks.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-07 : T runk Access Map Setup 888 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering ● Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-07 (T runk Access Map Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-08 : Music on Hold Source f or T runks Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 889 14-08 : Music on Hold Source for Trunks Description Use Program 14-08 : Music on Hold Sour ce for T runks to de fi ne a trunk’ s Music on Hold source as either the ACI or COI port.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-08 : Music on Hold Source f or T runks 890 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-08 (Music on Hold Source f or T runks): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-09 : A CI Con versation Recor ding Destination for T runks Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 891 14-09 : ACI Conver sation Recording Destination for Trunks De.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-09 : A CI Con versation Recor ding Destination for T runks 892 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-09 (A CI Con versation Recording Destination f or T runks): 1.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-10 : P ower F ailure T elephone f or T runks Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 893 14-10 : Power Failure Telephone for Trunks Description This program is not used in U .S. software. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable in USA.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-11 : ID Setup for IP T runk 894 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 14-11 : ID Setup for IP Trunk Description Use Program 14-11 : ID Setup f or IP T runk to set the IP trunk ID. Contact Y our NEC Sales Representativ e for information on the SIP feature availability .
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-11 : ID Setup for IP T runk Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 895 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-11 (ID Setup for IP T runk): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 14 11 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-12 : SIP Register ID Setup for IP T runk 896 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 14-12 : SIP Register ID Setup for IP Trunk Description Use Program 14-12 : SIP Register ID Setup f or IP T runk to set the Re gister ID options for SIP trunks.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-12 : SIP Register ID Setup for IP T runk Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 897 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-12 (SIP Register ID Setup for IP T runk): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-12 : SIP Register ID Setup for IP T runk 898 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-01 : Basic Extension Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 899 Program 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-01 : Basic Extension Data Setup Description Use Program 15-01 : Basic Extension Data Setup to de fi ne the basic settings for each e xtension.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-01 : Basic Extension Data Setup 900 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference Refer to chart abov e. T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-01 (Basic Extension Data Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-02 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 901 15-02 : Multi-Line Telephone Basic Data Setup Description Use Program 15-02 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup to set up v arious keyset options.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-02 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup 902 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 02 T runk Ring T one Use this option to set the tone (pitch) of the incoming trunk ring for the extension port you are programming.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-02 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 903 09 Ringing Line Prefer ence for Inter - com Calls Use this option to select between Idle and Ringing Line Preference for Inter- com calls.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-02 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup 904 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 19 CT A/CTU Data Communication Mode Select ‘0’ if the dip switch set.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-02 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 905 24 Conference K ey Mode This option allo ws an extension’ s CONF key to be programmed for Con- ference or for T ransfer .
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-02 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup 906 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference Refer to abov e chart. T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-02 (Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-03 : Single Line T elephone Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 907 15-03 : Single Line Telephone Basic Data Setup Description Use Program 15-03 : Single Line T elephone Basic Data Setup to set up v arious single line tele- phone options.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-03 : Single Line T elephone Basic Data Setup 908 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 03 T erminal T ype Enter 1 for this option to allo w a single line port to receiv e DTMF tones after the initial call setup.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-03 : Single Line T elephone Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 909 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Single Line T elephone, Analog ● Single Line T elephone, Digital 14 F orwarded Caller ID Display Mode Not Used in U.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-03 : Single Line T elephone Basic Data Setup 910 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-03 (Single Line T elephone Basic Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-05 : IP Phone T erminal Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 911 15-05 : IP Phone Terminal Basic Data Setup Description Use Program 15-05 : IP Phone T erminal Basic Data Setup to set up the basic settings for an IP Phone.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-05 : IP Phone T erminal Basic Data Setup 912 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 05-11 For vie wing only - These items should not be changed. 05 H.323 T ermi- nal T ype 1=Standard H.323 T er - minal 2=Net Meeting 0 06 NGT T erminal T ype 1=IP70 2=IP80 3=Smart Phone 0 07 Using IP Address 0.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-05 : IP Phone T erminal Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 913 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP 17 Calling Party Display Infor- mation 0=nickname, 1=display , 2=user part, 3=extension Nickname Set the Calling Party Display Information.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-05 : IP Phone T erminal Basic Data Setup 914 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-05 (IP Phone T erminal Basic Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-06 : T runk Access Map for Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 915 15-06 : Trunk Access Map for Extensions Description Use Program 15-06 : T runk Access Map for Extensions to de fi ne the trunk access map for each extension.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-06 : T runk Access Map for Extensions 916 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-06 (T runk Access Map for Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-07 : Programmab le Function Ke ys Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 917 15-07 : Programmable Function Keys Description Use Program 15-07 : Pr ogrammable Function Keys to set the functions of an e xtension’ s Pro- grammable Function K ey .
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-07 : Programmab le Function Ke ys 918 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Function Number List [1] General Function Level (00 – 99) (Service Code 851) Fun.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-07 : Programmab le Function Ke ys Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 919 19 External Group Paging External Paging Number (1-8) Red On: Page Active 20 Extern.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-07 : Programmab le Function Ke ys 920 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 44 Common Hold None 45 Exclusi ve None 46 Department Group Log Out Red On: Logged .
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-07 : Programmab le Function Ke ys Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 921 66 CTI Red On: CTI active 67 Mail Box Extension Number or Depart- ment Group Number Rapid Blink (Green): Ne w message recei ved Red On: Listening to messages.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-07 : Programmab le Function Ke ys 922 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 87 Set Caller ID Refuse This ke y enables/disables the Caller ID number refusal for the trunks set to "1" in Program 14-01-27.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-07 : Programmab le Function Ke ys Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 923 [2] Appearance Function Level (*00 - *99) (Service Code 852) Function Number Functi.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-07 : Programmab le Function Ke ys 924 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions When a key is programmed using service code 852, that k ey cannot be programmed with a function using the 851 code until the ke y is unde fi ned (000).
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-08 : Incoming Vir tual Extension Ring T one Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 925 15-08 : Incoming Virtual Extension Ring Tone Setup Description Use .
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-08 : Incoming Vir tual Extension Ring T one Setup 926 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Multiple Directory Number / Call Cov erage T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-08 (Incoming Vir tual Extension Ring T one Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-09 : Vir tual Extension Ring Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 927 15-09 : Virtual Extension Ring Assignment Description Use Program 15-09 : Vir.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-09 : Vir tual Extension Ring Assignment 928 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-09 (Vir tual Extension Ring Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-10 : Incoming Vir tual Extension Ring T one Order Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 929 15-10 : Incoming Virtual Extension Ring Tone Order Setup Desc.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-10 : Incoming Vir tual Extension Ring T one Order Setup 930 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-10 (Incoming Vir tual Extension Ring T one Order Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-11 : Vir tual Extension Delay ed Ring Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 931 15-11 : Virtual Extension Delay ed Ring Assignment Description Use P.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-11 : Vir tual Extension Delay ed Ring Assignment 932 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-11 (Vir tual Extension Dela yed Ring Assignment): 1.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-12 : Con versation Recor ding Destination f or Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 933 15-12 : Conversation Recording Destination f or Extensions .
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-12 : Con versation Recor ding Destination f or Extensions 934 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-12 (Con versation Recor ding Destination for Extensions): 1.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-13 : Loop Ke ys Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 935 15-13 : Loop Keys Description Use Program 15-13 : Loop K eys to assign the Loop Ke y data for each keyset telephone. Loop Ke ys can be incoming, outgoing or both ways.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-13 : Loop Ke ys 936 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-13 (Loop Keys): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 15 13 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-14 : Programmab le One-T ouch Ke ys Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 937 15-14 : Programmable One-T ouch Keys Description Use Program 15-14 : Programmable One-T ouch Keys to de fi ne the One-T ouch ke y data for each keyset telephone.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-14 : Programmab le One-T ouch Ke ys 938 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-14 (Programmable One-T ouc h Ke ys): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-15 :Aspire Wireless T erminal Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 939 15-15 :Aspire Wireless Terminal Basic Data Setup Description Use Program 15-15 : Aspire Wireless T erminal Basic Data Setup to de fi ne the options for the Aspire W ireless phones.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-15 :Aspire Wireless T erminal Basic Data Setup 940 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 03 DECT T erminal Basic Data Setup - T erminal Capability This program displays the capability of the Aspire Wireless (DECT) phone displaying the options below .
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-15 :Aspire Wireless T erminal Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 941 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Aspire W ireless T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-15 (Aspire Wireless T erminal Basic Data Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-16 : SIP Register ID Setup for Extension 942 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 15-16 : SIP Register ID Setup for Extension Description Use Pr ogram 15-16 : SIP Register ID Setup for Extension to set the SIP Register ID to an e xten- sion port.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-16 : SIP Register ID Setup for Extension Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 943 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-16 (SIP Register ID Setup for Extension): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-19 : System T elephone Book Setup f or Extension 944 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 15-19 : System Telephone Book Setup for Extension Description Use Program 15-19 : System T elephone Book Setup f or Extension to assign the T elephone Books to each extension and the options for them.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-19 : System T elephone Book Setup f or Extension Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 945 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-19 (System T elephone Book Setup for Extension): 1.
Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-19 : System T elephone Book Setup f or Extension 946 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -.
Pr ogram 16 : Depar tment Gr oup Setup 16-01 : Depar tment Group Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 947 Program 16 : Department Group Setup 16-01 : Department Group Basic Data Setup Description Use Program 16-01 : Department Gr oup Basic Data Setup to set the function mode for each department group.
Pr ogram 16 : Depar tment Gr oup Setup 16-01 : Depar tment Group Basic Data Setup 948 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Department Calling 06 STG Wit.
Pr ogram 16 : Depar tment Gr oup Setup 16-01 : Depar tment Group Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 949 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 16-01 (Depar tment Gr oup Basic Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 16 : Depar tment Gr oup Setup 16-02 : Depar tment Group Assignment f or Extensions 950 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 16-02 : Department Group Assignment for Extensions Description U.
Pr ogram 16 : Depar tment Gr oup Setup 16-02 : Depar tment Group Assignment f or Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 951 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 16-02 (Depar tment Gr oup Assignment for Extensions): 1.
Pr ogram 16 : Depar tment Gr oup Setup 16-03 : Secondar y Department Group 952 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 16-03 : Secondary Department Group Description Use Program 16-03 : Secondary Department Gr oup to set a second Department Group for extensions.
Pr ogram 16 : Depar tment Gr oup Setup 16-03 : Secondar y Department Group Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 953 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 16-03 (Secondary Depar tment Group): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2.
Pr ogram 16 : Depar tment Gr oup Setup 16-03 : Secondar y Department Group 954 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-01 : System Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 955 Program 20 : System Option Setup 20-01 : System Options Description Use Program 20-01 : System Options to set v arious system options. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-01 : System Options 956 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference Refer to abov e chart. T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-01 (System Options): 1.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-02 : System Options for Multi-Line T elephones Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 957 20-02 : System Options for Multi-Line Telephones Description Use Program 20-02 : System Options f or Multi-Line T elephones to set various system options for Multi-Line T elephones.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-02 : System Options for Multi-Line T elephones 958 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 06 Preselection T ime When a keyset user preselects a line k ey , the system remembers the preselection for this interval.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-02 : System Options for Multi-Line T elephones Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 959 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-02 (System Options for Multi-Line T elephones): 1.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-03 : System Options for Single Line T elephones 960 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-03 : System Options for Single Line Telephones Description Use Program 20-03 : System Options f or Single Line T elephones to set up various options for Single Line T elephones.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-03 : System Options for Single Line T elephones Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 961 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Single Line T elephones, An.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-03 : System Options for Single Line T elephones 962 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-03 (System Options for Single Line T elephones): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-04 : System Options for Vir tual Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 963 20-04 : System Options for Virtual Extensions Description Use Program 20-04 : System Options for Virtual Extensions to set up various system options for V irtual Extensions.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-04 : System Options for Vir tual Extensions 964 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-04 (System Options for Virtual Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-05 : Charging Cost Service Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 965 20-05 : Charging Cost Service Description This program is not used.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-06 : Class of Ser vice f or Extensions 966 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-06 : Class of Service for Extensions Description Use Program 20-06 : Class of Ser vice for Extensions to assign a Class of Service to an extension.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-06 : Class of Ser vice f or Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 967 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-06 (Class of Service for Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-07 : Class of Ser vice Options (Administrator Le vel) 968 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-07 : Class of Service Options (Administrator Level) Descriptio.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-07 : Class of Ser vice Options (Administrator Le vel) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 969 09 - Not Used - 10 Programmable Function K ey Programming (Appearance Le vel) T urn off or on an e xtension’ s ability to program their Appear- ance function keys using Service Code 852 (by def ault).
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-07 : Class of Ser vice Options (Administrator Le vel) 970 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Class of Service T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-07 (Class of Service Options (Administrator Level)): 1.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-08 : Class of Ser vice Options (Outgoing Call Service) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 971 20-08 : Class of Service Options (Outgoing Call Service) Descript.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-08 : Class of Ser vice Options (Outgoing Call Service) 972 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Class of Service 10.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-08 : Class of Ser vice Options (Outgoing Call Service) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 973 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-08 (Class of Service Options (Outgoing Call Ser vice)): 1.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-09 : Class of Ser vice Options (Incoming Call Service) 974 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-09 : Class of Service Options (Incoming Call Service) Descrip.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-09 : Class of Ser vice Options (Incoming Call Service) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 975 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Class of Service T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-09 (Class of Service Options (Incoming Call Ser vice)): 1.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-10 : Class of Ser vice Options (Ans wer Ser vice) 976 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-10 : Class of Service Options (Answer Service) Description Use Program 20-10 : Class of Ser vice Options (Answer Service) to de fi ne the answer feature av ailability for each extension’ s Class of Service.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-10 : Class of Ser vice Options (Ans wer Ser vice) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 977 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Class of Service T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-10 (Class of Service Options (Answer Service)): 1.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-11 : Class of Ser vice Options (Hold/T ransfer Service) 978 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-11 : Class of Service Options (Hold/Transfer Service) Descri.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-11 : Class of Ser vice Options (Hold/T ransfer Service) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 979 10 Group Hold Answer T urn off or on an e xtension’ s ability to pick up a call on Group Hold.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-11 : Class of Ser vice Options (Hold/T ransfer Service) 980 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Class of Service T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-11 (Class of Service Options (Hold/T ransfer Service)): 1.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-12 : Class of Ser vice Options (Char ging Cost Ser vice) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 981 20-12 : Class of Service Options (Charging Cost Service) Description This program is not used. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-13 : Class of Ser vice Options (Supplementary Service) 982 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-13 : Class of Service Options (Supplementary Service) Descrip.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-13 : Class of Ser vice Options (Supplementary Service) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 983 10 Barge In Mode Enables the extension’ s Barge In to be speech mode (0) or Monitor mode (1).
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-13 : Class of Ser vice Options (Supplementary Service) 984 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 24 Privacy Release by Pr essing Line Key T urn off or on a user’ s ability to press a line key to bar ge into an outside call.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-13 : Class of Ser vice Options (Supplementary Service) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 985 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Class of Service T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-13 (Class of Service Options (Supplementar y Service)): 1.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-14 : Class of Ser vice Options f or DISA/E&M 986 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-14 : Class of Service Options for DISA/E&M Description Use Program 20-14 : Class of Ser vice Options for DISA/E&M to enable/disable DISA and tie line Class of Service options.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-14 : Class of Ser vice Options f or DISA/E&M Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 987 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Class of Service ● Direc.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-15 : Ring Cycle Setup 988 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-15 : Ring Cycle Setup Description Use Program 20-15 : Ring Cycle Setup to de fi ne the ringing c ycles for each ring type. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-15 : Ring Cycle Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 989 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-15 (Ring Cycle Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-16 : Selectable Displa y Messages 990 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-16 : Selectable Display Messages Description Use Program 20-16 : Selectable Display Messages to enter the Selectable Display Messages.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-16 : Selectable Displa y Messages Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 991 When using i-Series telephones on the Aspire system, not all the same characters are available. Refer to the follo wing chart for the i-Series characters: With Software 2.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-16 : Selectable Displa y Messages 992 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Input Data Default Conditions T ime value "## : ##" must be follo wed by two spaces. Selectable Display Message Number 01-20 Item No.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-16 : Selectable Displa y Messages Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 993 Feature Cr oss Reference ● Selectable Display Messages T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-16 (Selectable Display Messa ges): 1.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-17 : Operator’ s Extension 994 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-17 : Operator ’ s Extension Description Use Program 20-17 : Operator’ s Extension to designate an operator .
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-17 : Operator’ s Extension Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 995 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-17 (Operator’ s Extension): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 17 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-18 : Ser vice T one Timers 996 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-18 : Service Tone Timers Description Use Program 20-18 : Ser vice T one T imer to set the values for the system service tone timers. Refer to the follo wing chart for a description of each option, its range and default setting.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-18 : Ser vice T one Timers Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 997 Feature Cr oss Reference ● Distincti ve Ringing, T ones, and Flash Patterns T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-18 (Service T one Timer s): 1.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-19 : System Options for Caller ID 998 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-19 : System Options for Caller ID Description Use Program 20-19 : System Options f or Caller ID to de fi ne the system options for the Caller ID feature.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-19 : System Options for Caller ID Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 999 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Caller ID T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-19 (System Options for Caller ID): 1.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-20 : Message Setup for Non-Caller ID Data 1000 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-20 : Message Setup for Non-Caller ID Data Description Use Program 20-20 : Message Setup f or Non-Caller ID Data to de fi ne the messages which will be displayed when no Caller ID information is receiv ed.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-21 : System Options for Long Con versation Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1001 20-21 : System Options for Long Conversation Description Use Program 20-21 : System Options f or Long Con versation to de fi ne the system options for the Long Con versation feature.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-21 : System Options for Long Con versation 1002 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-21 (System Options for Long Con versation): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-22 : System Options for Aspire Wireless Ser vice Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1003 20-22 : System Options for Aspire Wireless Service Description Use Pro.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-22 : System Options for Aspire Wireless Ser vice 1004 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-22 (System Options for Aspire Wireless Service): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-23 : System Options for CTI Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1005 20-23 : System Options for CTI Description Use Program 20-23 : System Options f or CTI to de fi ne the system options for the CTI feature.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-23 : System Options for CTI 1006 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-23 (System Options for CTI Service): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 23 3.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-25 : ISDN Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1007 20-25 : ISDN Options Description Use Program 20-25 : ISDN Options to de fi ne the ISDN system options. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-25 : ISDN Options 1008 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● ISDN Compatibility T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-25 (ISDN Options): 1.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-28 : System Option for T runk to T runk Con versations Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1009 20-28 : System Option for Trunk to T runk Conversations Description Use Program 20-28 : System Option f or T runk to T runk Con versations to de fi ne the Icon versa- tion continue/disconnection options.
Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-28 : System Option for T runk to T runk Con versations 1010 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-28 (System Option for T runk to T runk Con versations): 1.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-01 : System Options for Outgoing Calls Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1011 Program 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-01 : System Options for Outgoing Calls Description Use Pr ogram 21-01 : System Options for Outgoing Calls to set the system options for Outgoing Call Service.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-01 : System Options for Outgoing Calls 1012 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 09 Ringdown Extension Timer A Ringdo wn extension automatically calls its programmed destination after this interval.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-01 : System Options for Outgoing Calls Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1013 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-01 (System Options for Outgoing Service): 1.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-02 : T runk Group Routing f or Extensions 1014 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-02 : Trunk Group Routing for Extensions Description Use Program 21-02 : T runk Group Routing f or Extensions to assign Program 14-06 routes to extensions.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-02 : T runk Group Routing f or Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1015 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-02 (T runk Group Routing f or Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-03 : T runk Group Routing f or T runks 1016 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-03 : Trunk Group Routing for Trunks Description Use Program 21-03 : T runk Group Routing f or T runks to set the T runk Route T able for Auto- matic External Call Forw ard.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-03 : T runk Group Routing f or T runks Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1017 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-03 (T runk Group Routing f or T runks): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-04 : T oll Restriction Class for Extensions 1018 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-04 : Toll Restriction Class for Extensions Description Use Pr ogram 21-04 : T oll Restriction Class to assign a T oll Restriction class to an extension.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-04 : T oll Restriction Class for Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1019 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-04 (T oll Restriction Class for Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-05 : T oll Restriction Class 1020 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-05 : Toll Restriction Class Description Use Program 21-05 : T oll Restriction Class to set the system’ s T oll Restriction classes (1-15).
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-05 : T oll Restriction Class Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1021 Default Conditions None 11 Intercom Call Restriction 0 = Disable 1 = Enable This option determines whether an ICM incom- ing call is restricted.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-05 : T oll Restriction Class 1022 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● T oll Restriction T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-05 (T oll Restriction Class): 1.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-06 : T oll Restriction T ab le Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1023 21-06 : Toll Restriction Table Data Setup Description Use Program 21-06 : T oll Restriction T able Data Setup to set the system’ s T oll Restriction data.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-06 : T oll Restriction T ab le Data Setup 1024 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 06 Permit Code T able This option lets you program the Permit Code T ables. If the system has T oll Restriction enabled, users can dial numbers only if permitted by these tables and the Common Permit T able (21-06-04).
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-06 : T oll Restriction T ab le Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1025 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● T oll Restriction T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-06 (T oll Restriction T able Data Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-07 : T oll Restriction Override P assw ord Setup 1026 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-07 : Toll Restriction Override Pass word Setup Description Use Program 21-07 : T oll Restriction Override P assword Setup to assign T oll Restriction Over- ride codes to extensions.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-07 : T oll Restriction Override P assw ord Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1027 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-07 (T oll Restriction Override Pass word Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-08 : Repeat Dial Setup 1028 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-08 : Repeat Dial Setup Description Use Program 21-08 : Repeat Dial Setup to de fi ne the automatic Repeat Dial data. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-08 : Repeat Dial Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1029 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-08 (Repeat Dial Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-09 : Dial Block Setup 1030 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-09 : Dial Block Setup Description Use Program 21-09 : Dial Block Setup to de fi ne the Dial Blocking T oll Restriction Class and Dial Block Passw ord to be used by the Supervisor extension.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-09 : Dial Block Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1031 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-09 (Dial Block Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 09 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-10 : Dial Block Restriction Class P er Extensions 1032 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-10 : Dial Block Restriction Class Per Extensions Description Use .
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-10 : Dial Block Restriction Class P er Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1033 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-10 (Dial Block Restriction Class P er Extensions): 1.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-11 : Extension Ringdown (Hotline) Assignment 1034 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-11 : Extension Ringdown (Hotline) Assignment Description Use Program 21-11 : Extension Ringdo wn (Hotline) Assignment to de fi ne the Hotline destina- tion number for each extension number .
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-11 : Extension Ringdown (Hotline) Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1035 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-11 (Extension Ringdown (Hotline) Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-12 : ISDN Calling P ar ty Number Setup for T runks 1036 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-12 : ISDN Calling Party Number Setup for Trunks Description Use Program 21-12 : ISDN Calling P arty Number Setup for T runks to assign Calling Party Numbers for each trunk (maximum 16 digits per entry).
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-12 : ISDN Calling P ar ty Number Setup for T runks Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1037 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-12 (ISDN Calling Party Number Setup for T runks): 1.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-13 : ISDN Calling P ar ty Number Setup for Extensions 1038 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-13 : ISDN Calling Party Number Setup for Extensions Descripti.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-13 : ISDN Calling P ar ty Number Setup for Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1039 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-13 (ISDN Calling Party Number Setup for Extensions): 1.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-14 : W alking T oll Restriction P assw ord Setup 1040 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-14 : W alking Toll Restriction Passw ord Setup Description Use Program 21-14 : W alking T oll Restriction P assword Setup to assign the password and T oll Restriction Class for W alking T oll Restriction.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-14 : W alking T oll Restriction P assw ord Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1041 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-14 (W alking T oll Restriction P assw ord Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-15 : Individual T runk Group Routing f or Extensions 1042 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-15 : Individual Trunk Group Routing for Extensions Description.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-15 : Individual T runk Group Routing f or Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1043 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-15 (Individual T runk Gr oup Routing for Extensions): 1.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-16 : T runk Group Routing f or Networks 1044 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-16 : Trunk Group Routing for Netw orks Description Use Program 21-16 : T runk Group Routing f or Networks to assign Program 14-06 routes for a networked system.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-16 : T runk Group Routing f or Networks Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1045 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-16 (T runk Group Routing f or Networks): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-17 : IP (H.323/SIP) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup f or T runks 1046 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-17 : IP (H.323/SIP) Trunk Calling Party Number Setup for Trunks Description Use Program 21-17 : IP (H.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-17 : IP (H.323/SIP) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup f or T runks Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1047 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-17 (IP (H.323/SIP) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup for T runks): 1.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-18 : IP (H.323) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup f or Extensions 1048 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-18 : IP (H.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-18 : IP (H.323) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup f or Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1049 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-18 : IP (H.323) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup f or Extensions): 1.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-19 : IP (SIP) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup f or Extensions 1050 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-19 : IP (SIP) Trunk Calling Party Number Setup fo.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-19 : IP (SIP) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup f or Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1051 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-19 : IP (SIP) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup f or Extensions): 1.
Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-20 : SIP T runk Call Discernment Setup for Extension 1052 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-20 : SIP Trunk Call Discernment Setup for Extension Description This item is not currently used in the U.S. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-01 : System Options for Incoming Calls Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1053 Program 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-01 : System Options for Incoming Calls Description Use Pr ogram 22-01 : System Options for Incoming Calls to de fi ne the system options for incom- ing calls.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-01 : System Options for Incoming Calls 1054 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-01 (System Options for Incoming Call Service): 1.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-02 : Incoming Call T runk Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1055 22-02 : Incoming Call Trunk Setup Description Use Program 22-02 : Incoming Call T runk Setup to assign the incoming trunk type for each trunk.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-02 : Incoming Call T runk Setup 1056 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-02 (Incoming Service T ype Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 02 3.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-03 : T runk Ring T one Range Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1057 22-03 : Trunk Ring Tone Range Description Use Program 22-03 : T runk Ring T one Range to select the ring tone range for the trunk. The trunk uses a ring tone within the range selected when it rings an extension.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-03 : T runk Ring T one Range 1058 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● Selectable Ring T ones T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-03 (T runk Ring T one Range): 1.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-04 : Incoming Extension Ring Group Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1059 22-04 : Incoming Extension Ring Group Assignment Description Use Pr ogram 22-04 : Incoming Extension Ring Group Assignment to assign extensions to Ring Groups.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-04 : Incoming Extension Ring Group Assignment 1060 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-04 (Incoming Extension Ring Group Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-05 : Incoming T runk Ring Group Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1061 22-05 : Incoming Trunk Ring Group Assignment Description Use Program 22-05 : Incoming T runk Ring Group Assignment to assign trunks to incoming Ring Groups.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-05 : Incoming T runk Ring Group Assignment 1062 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-05 (Incoming T runk Ring Gr oup Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-06 : Normal Incoming Ring Mode Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1063 22-06 : Normal Incoming Ring Mode Description Use Pr ogram 22-06 : Normal Incoming Ring Mode to de fi ne whether or not an extension should ring for the Normal Incoming Ring Mode.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-06 : Normal Incoming Ring Mode 1064 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-06 (Normal Incoming Ring Mode): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 06 3.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-07 : DIL Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1065 22-07 : DIL Assignment Description Use Program 22-07 : DIL Assignment to assign the destination extension or Department Calling Group pilot # (as assigned in Program 11-07) for each DIL Incoming trunk.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-07 : DIL Assignment 1066 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-07 (DIL Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-08 : DIL/IRG No Answer Destination Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1067 22-08 : DIL/IRG No Answer Destination Description For DIL Delayed Ringing, use Pr ogram 22-08 : DIL/IRG No Answer Destination to assign the DIL No Answer Ring Group.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-08 : DIL/IRG No Answer Destination 1068 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-08 (DIL/IRG No Answer Destination): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-09 : DID Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1069 22-09 : DID Basic Data Setup Description Use Program 22-09 : DID Basic Data Setup to de fi ne the basic setting of Dial-In incoming calls for each trunk group.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-09 : DID Basic Data Setup 1070 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-09 (DID Basic Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 09 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-10 : DID T ranslation T ab le Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1071 22-10 : DID Translation Table Setup Description Use Program 22-10 : DID T ranslation T able Setup to specify the size of the DID T ranslation T ables.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-10 : DID T ranslation T ab le Setup 1072 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-10 (DID T ranslation T able Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-11 : DID T ranslation Number Con version Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1073 22-11 : DID Translation Number Conver sion Description Use Program 22-11 : DID T ranslation T able Number Con version to specify for each Translation T able entry (2000): ● The digits recei ved by the system (eight max.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-11 : DID T ranslation Number Con version 1074 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Input Data Con version T able Number 1-2000 Item No. Item Input Data Default 01 Receiv ed Number Max. 8 digits No setting 02 T arget Number Max.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-11 : DID T ranslation Number Con version Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1075 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Direct Inward Dialing (DID) T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-11 (DID T ranslation Number Con version): 1.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-12 : DID Intercept Ring Gr oup 1076 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 22-12 : DID Intercept Ring Group Description For each DID Translation T able, use Program 22-12 : DID Intercept Ring Gr oup to de fi ne the fi rst destination group for DID calls.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-12 : DID Intercept Ring Gr oup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1077 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-12 (DID Intercept Ring Gr oup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 12 3.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-13 : DID T runk Group to T ranslation T able Assignment 1078 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 22-13 : DID Trunk Group to Translation T able Assignment Description Use Program 22-13 : DID T runk Group to T ranslation T able Assignment to assign the DID T runk Groups to DID T ranslation T ables.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-13 : DID T runk Group to T ranslation T able Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1079 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-13 (DID T runk Gr oup to T ranslation T able Assignment): 1.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-14 : VRS Delay ed Message for IRG 1080 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 22-14 : VRS Dela yed Message for IRG Description Use Program 22-14 : VRS Delayed Message for IRG to de fi ne for each incoming ring group the timers, VRS message number and tone kind for VRS W aiting Message.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-14 : VRS Delay ed Message for IRG Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1081 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-14 (VRS Delayed Messa ge for IRG): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-15 : VRS W aiting Message f or Depar tment Gr oup 1082 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 22-15 : VRS Waiting Message for Department Group Description Use Pro.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-15 : VRS W aiting Message f or Depar tment Gr oup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1083 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-15 (VRS W aiting Message for Department Group): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-17 : DID Con version T able Area Setup for Time P attern Mode 1084 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 22-17 : DID Conversion Table Area Setup for Time Pattern.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-17 : DID Con version T able Area Setup for Time P attern Mode Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1085 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-17 (DID Con version T able Area Setup for Time Pattern Mode): 1.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-18 : Private Call Assignment 1086 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 22-18 : Private Call Assignment Description Use Pr ogram 22-18 : Private Call Assignment to de fi nes assignments and incoming ring patterns for a Priv ate Call.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-18 : Private Call Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1087 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-18 (Private Call Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 18 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-16 : Private Call Refuse T ar g et Area Setup 1088 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 22-16 : Private Call Refuse Target Area Setup Description Use Program 22-16 : Pri vate Call Refuse T arget Area Setup to de fi ne the ABB group number for Pri vate Call Refuse.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-16 : Private Call Refuse T ar g et Area Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1089 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-18 (Private Call Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-16 : Private Call Refuse T ar g et Area Setup 1090 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -.
Pr ogram 23 : Ans wer Features Setup 23-01 : System Options for Gr oup Call Pic kup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1091 Program 23 : Answer Features Setup 23-01 : System Options for Group Call Pickup Description Not currently av ailable. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable.
Pr ogram 23 : Ans wer Features Setup 23-02 : Call Pickup Gr oups 1092 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 23-02 : Call Pickup Groups Description Use Program 23-02 : Call Pickup Gr oups to assign extensions to Call Pickup Groups. This pro- gram also lets you assign an extension’ s Call Pickup Group priority .
Pr ogram 23 : Ans wer Features Setup 23-02 : Call Pickup Gr oups Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1093 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 23-02 (Call Pickup Gr oups): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 23 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 23 : Ans wer Features Setup 23-03 : Universal Ans wer/A uto Answer 1094 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 23-03 : Universal Answer/Auto Answer Description Use Program 23-03 : Uni versal Answer/A uto Answer to assign trunk routes (set in Program 14-06) to extensions for Uni versal Answer .
Pr ogram 23 : Ans wer Features Setup 23-03 : Universal Ans wer/A uto Answer Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1095 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 23-03 (Universal Answer/A uto Answer): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 23 : Ans wer Features Setup 23-04 : Ringing Line Preference f or Vir tual Extensions 1096 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 23-04 : Ringing Line Preference for Vir tual Extensions Descr.
Pr ogram 23 : Ans wer Features Setup 23-04 : Ringing Line Preference f or Vir tual Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1097 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 23-04 (Ringing Line Preference for Virtual Extensions): 1.
Pr ogram 23 : Ans wer Features Setup 23-04 : Ringing Line Preference f or Vir tual Extensions 1098 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -.
Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-01 : System Options for Hold Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1099 Program 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-01 : System Options for Hold Description Use Program 24-01 : System Options f or Hold to de fi ne the system options for the Hold feature.
Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-01 : System Options for Hold 1100 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● Hold ● Park T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 24-01 (System Options for Hold): 1.
Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-02 : System Options for T ransf er Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1101 24-02 : System Options for Transfer Description Use Program 24-02 : System Options f or T ransfer to de fi ne the system options for T ransfer feature.
Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-02 : System Options for T ransf er 1102 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● T ransfer 07 For ced Release for T ru.
Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-02 : System Options for T ransf er Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1103 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 24-02 (System Options for T ransfer): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2.
Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-03 : P ark Group 1104 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 24-03 : Park Group Description Use Program 24-03 : P ark Group to assign an e xtension to a Park Group. The system allo ws a total of 64 Park Groups. An extension can only pick up a call parked in orbit by an e xtension in its o wn group.
Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-03 : P ark Group Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1105 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 24-03 (Park Gr oup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 24 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-04 : A utomatic T runk-to-T runk T ransfer T arget Setup 1106 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 24-04 : Automatic T runk-to-Trunk T ransfer Target Setup Des.
Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-04 : A utomatic T runk-to-T runk T ransfer T arget Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1107 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 24-04 (Automatic T runk-to-T runk T ransfer T arget Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-05 : Depar tment Group T ransfer T arget Setup 1108 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 24-05 : Department Group Transfer Target Setup Description Use Program.
Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-05 : Depar tment Group T ransfer T arget Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1109 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 24-05 (Depar tment Gr oup T ransf er T ar g et Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-06 : Fixed Call Forwar ding 1110 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 24-06 : Fixed Call Forwarding Description For each e xtension/virtual extension port, use Program 24-06 : Fixed Call F orwarding to assign the Fixed Call F orwarding T ype (0-4) and the destination extension/virtual e xtension.
Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-06 : Fixed Call Forwar ding Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1111 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 24-06 (Fixed Call Forwarding): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 24 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-07 : Fixed Call Forwar ding Off-Premise 1112 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 24-07 : Fixed Call Forwarding Off-Premise Description Use Program 24-07 : Fixed Call F orwarding Off Premise to assign the Fix ed Call Forwarding Of f-Premise telephone number for each extension.
Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-07 : Fixed Call Forwar ding Off-Premise Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1113 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 24-07 (Fixed Call Forwarding Off-Premise): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-07 : Fixed Call Forwar ding Off-Premise 1114 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-01 : VRS/DISA Line Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1115 Program 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-01 : VRS/DISA Line Basic Data Setup Description Use Program 25-01 : VRS/DISA Line Basic Data Setup to de fi ne the basic setting of each VRS/ DISA line.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-01 : VRS/DISA Line Basic Data Setup 1116 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-01 (VRS/DISA Line Basic Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-02 : VRS/DISA VRS Message Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1117 25-02 : VRS/DISA VRS Message Description Use Program 25-02 : VRS/DISA VRS Message to assign the VRS message number to be used as the Automated Attendant Message for each trunk which is assigned as a VRS/DISA.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-02 : VRS/DISA VRS Message 1118 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-02 (VRS/DISA VRS Message): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 25 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-03 : VRS/DISA T ransfer Ring Gr oup With Incorrect Dialing Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1119 25-03 : VRS/DISA Transfer Ring Group With Incorrect Dialing Descr.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-03 : VRS/DISA T ransfer Ring Gr oup With Incorrect Dialing 1120 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-03 (VRS/DISA T ransfer Ring Gr oup With Incorrect Dialing): 1.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-04 : VRS/DISA T ransfer Ring Gr oup With No Answer/Busy Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1121 25-04 : VRS/DISA Transfer Ring Group With No Answer/Busy Description Use Program 25-04 : VRS/DISA T ransfer Ring Gr oup With No Answer/Busy to set the operat- ing mode of each DISA trunk.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-04 : VRS/DISA T ransfer Ring Gr oup With No Answer/Busy 1122 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-04 (VRS/DISA T ransfer Ring Gr oup With No Answer/Busy): 1.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-05 : VRS/DISA Error Messa g e Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1123 25-05 : VRS/DISA Err or Message Assignment Description Use Program 25-05 : VRS/DISA Error Message Assignment to assign the VRS message number to be used as the Automated Attendant error message.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-05 : VRS/DISA Error Messa g e Assignment 1124 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-05 (VRS/DISA Error Message Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-06 : VRS/DISA One-Digit Code Attendant Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1125 25-06 : VRS/DISA One-Digit Code Attendant Setup Description Use Program 25-06 : VRS/DISA One-Digit Code Attendant Setup to set up single digit dialing through the VRS.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-06 : VRS/DISA One-Digit Code Attendant Setup 1126 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-06 (VRS/DISA One-Digit Code Attendant Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-07 : System Timers f or VRS/DISA Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1127 25-07 : System Timers for VRS/DISA Description Use Program 25-07 : System Timers f or VRS/DISA to set the v alue for the system timers which af fect DID and DISA.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-07 : System Timers f or VRS/DISA 1128 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Direct Inward System Access (DISA) 08 Long Co.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-07 : System Timers f or VRS/DISA Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1129 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-07 (System Timers f or VRS/DISA): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 25 07 3.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-08 : DISA User ID Setup 1130 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 25-08 : DISA User ID Setup Description Use Program 25-08 : DISA User ID Setup to set the 6-digit DISA passw ord for each user . There are 15 users each with one 6-digit password.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-09 : Class of Ser vice f or DISA Users Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1131 25-09 : Class of Service for DISA Users Description Use Program 25-09 : Class of Ser vice f or DISA Users to set the DISA Class of Service for each user .
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-09 : Class of Ser vice f or DISA Users 1132 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-09 (Class of Service for DISA Users): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-10 : T runk Group Routing f or DISA Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1133 25-10 : Trunk Group Routing for DISA Description Use Program 25-10 : T runk Group Routing f or DISA to assign the T runk Group route chosen when a user places a DISA call into the system and dials 9.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-10 : T runk Group Routing f or DISA 1134 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-10 (T runk Group Routing f or DISA): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-11 : DISA T oll Restriction Class Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1135 25-11 : DISA Toll Restriction Class Description For systems that use T oll Restriction, use Program 25-11 : DISA T oll Restriction Class to assign a T oll Restriction Class (1-15) to each DISA user (1-15).
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-11 : DISA T oll Restriction Class 1136 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-11 (DISA T oll Restriction Class): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 25 11 3.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-12 : Alternate T runk Group Routing f or DISA Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1137 25-12 : Alternate Trunk Group Routing for DISA Description Use Program 25-12 : Alternate T runk Group Routing for DISA to de fi ne the trunk route selected when a DISA caller dials the Alternate T runk Access Code.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-12 : Alternate T runk Group Routing f or DISA 1138 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-12 (Individual T runk Gr oup Routing for DISA): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-13 : System Option for DISA Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1139 25-13 : System Option for DISA Description Use Program 25-13 : System Option f or DISA to enter the password DISA callers must dial before the system will allo w them to record, listen to and or erase the VRS messages.
Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-13 : System Option for DISA 1140 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-13 (System Option for DISA): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 25 13 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-01 : A utomatic Route Selection Ser vice Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1141 Program 26 : ARS Service 26-01 : Automatic Route Selection Service Description Use Program 26-01 : A utomatic Route Selection Service to de fi ne the system options for Auto- matic Route Selection (ARS).
Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-01 : A utomatic Route Selection Ser vice 1142 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Route Selection T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 26-01 (Automatic Route Selection Service): 1.
Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-02 : Dial Analysis T able f or ARS/LCR Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1143 26-02 : Dial Analysis Table for ARS/LCR Description Use Pr ogram 26-02 : Dial Analysis T able for ARS/LCR to set pre-transaction tables for selecting Automatic Route Selection (ARS).
Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-02 : Dial Analysis T able f or ARS/LCR 1144 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Route Selection T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 26-02 (Dial Analysis T ab le for ARS/LCR): 1.
Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-03 : ARS Dial T reatments Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1145 26-03 : ARS Dial Treatments Description Use Program 26-03 : ARS Dial T r eatments to assign the 15 Dial T reatments for automatic ARS dialing translation.
Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-03 : ARS Dial T reatments 1146 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Route Selection T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 26-03 (ARS Dial T reatments): 1.
Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-04 : ARS Class of Ser vice Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1147 26-04 : ARS Class of Service Description Use Program 26-04 : ARS Class of Service to set an extension’ s ARS Class of Service. Automatic Route Selection uses ARS Class of Service when determining how to route an extension’ s calls.
Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-05 : LCR Carrier T able 1148 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 26-05 : LCR Carrier Table Description This item is not currently used in the U.S. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable. • Not A vailable.
Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-06 : LCR A uthorization T ab le Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1149 26-06 : LCR Authorization Table Description This item is not currently used in the U.S. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable. • Not A vailable.
Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-07 : LCR Cost Center Code T able 1150 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 26-07 : LCR Cost Center Code Table Description This item is not currently used in the U.S. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable. • Not A vailable.
Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-08 : LCR Manual Override Access Code T able Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1151 26-08 : LCR Manual Override Access Code Table Description This item is not currently used in the U.S. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable.
Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-09 : LCR Manual Override Exemption T ab le 1152 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 26-09 : LCR Manual Override Exemption Table Description This item is not currently used in the U.S. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable.
Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-11 : T ransit Network ID T able Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1153 26-11 : Transit Network ID Table Description Use Program 26-11 : T ransit Network ID T able to enter up to four Transit Netw ork ID Codes, each being 4 numbers long.
Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-11 : T ransit Network ID T able 1154 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 26-11 (T ransit Network ID T able): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 26 11 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-01 : DSS Console Operating Mode Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1155 Program 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-01 : DSS Console Operating Mode Description Use Program 30-01 : DSS Console Operating Mode to set the mode of the system’ s DSS Con- soles.
Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-01 : DSS Console Operating Mode 1156 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 30-01 (DSS Console Operating Mode): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 30 01 3.
Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-02 : DSS Console Extension Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1157 30-02 : DSS Console Extension Assignment Description Use Program 30-02 : DSS Console Extension Assignment to identify which extensions hav e DSS Consoles connected.
Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-02 : DSS Console Extension Assignment 1158 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 30-02 (DSS Console Extension Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-03 : DSS Console Ke y Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1159 30-03 : DSS Console Key Assignment Description Use Program 30-03 : DSS Console K ey Assignments to customize the key assignments for 110-Button DSS Consoles.
Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-03 : DSS Console Ke y Assignment 1160 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Function Number List [1] General functional level (00 – 99) Function Number Funct.
Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-03 : DSS Console Ke y Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1161 18 T ext Message Setup Message Numbers (01-20) Red On: Feature active by Function Ke.
Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-03 : DSS Console Ke y Assignment 1162 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 42 Boss – Secretary Call Extension Number Red On: Boss – Secretary mode 43 Seri.
Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-03 : DSS Console Ke y Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1163 64 Key P ad Facility Red On: Active 65 Not Used 66 CTI Red On: CTI active 67 Mail Box Extension Number or Depart- ment Group Number Rapid Blink (Green): Ne w message receiv ed Red On: Listening to messages.
Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-03 : DSS Console Ke y Assignment 1164 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual [2] Appearance Function Level (*00 - *99) (Service Code 852) Default The DSS ke ys 01-60 of all DSS consoles = DSS/One touch key 100-159.
Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-03 : DSS Console Ke y Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1165 Feature Cr oss Reference ● Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 30-03 (DSS Console Key Assignment): 1.
Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-04 : Alternate DSS Console Extension Assignment 1166 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 30-04 : Alternate DSS Console Extension Assignment Description Use P.
Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-04 : Alternate DSS Console Extension Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1167 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 30-04 (Alternate DSS Console Extension Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-05 : DSS Console Lamp T able 1168 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 30-05 : DSS Console Lamp Table Description Use Program 30-05 : DSS Console Lamp T able to de fi ne the LED patterns for functions on the DSS consoles.
Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-05 : DSS Console Lamp T able Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1169 Conditions 24-button DSS consoles cannot be daisy-chained.
Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-05 : DSS Console Lamp T able 1170 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 30-02 (DSS Console Extension Assignment): 1.
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-01 : System Options for Internal/External P aging Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1171 Program 31 : Paging Setup 31-01 : System Options for Internal/External Paging Description Use Pr ogram 31-01 : System Options for Internal/Exter nal Paging to de fi ne the system options for Internal/External Paging.
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-01 : System Options for Internal/External P aging 1172 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Paging, External ● Paging, Internal T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 31-01 (System Options for Internal/External P aging): 1.
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-02 : Internal P aging Gr oup Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1173 31-02 : Internal Paging Group Assignment Description Use Pr ogram 31-02 : Internal Paging Group Assignment to assign extensions to Internal P aging Groups (i.
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-02 : Internal P aging Gr oup Assignment 1174 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● Paging, Internal T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 31-02 (Internal Pa ging Group Assignment): 1.
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-03 : Internal P aging Gr oup Settings Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1175 31-03 : Internal Paging Group Settings Description Use Pr ogram 31-03 : Internal Paging Group Settings to assign names to Internal Paging Groups (i.
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-03 : Internal P aging Gr oup Settings 1176 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Input data Default Item 01 : Internal Paging Group Name Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Paging, Internal Internal Paging Group Number 01-64 Item No.
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-03 : Internal P aging Gr oup Settings Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1177 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 31-03 (Internal Pa ging Group Settings): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2.
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-04 : External P aging Zone Gr oup 1178 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 31-04 : External Paging Zone Group Description Use Program 31-04 : Exter nal Paging Zone Group to assign each External P aging zone to an External Paging group.
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-04 : External P aging Zone Gr oup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1179 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 31-04 (External Pa ging Zone Group): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 31 04 3.
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-05 : Universal Night Ans wer/Ring Over P age 1180 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 31-05 : Universal Night Answer/Ring Over Page Description Use Program 31-05 : Uni versal Night Answer to assign Univ ersal Night Answer ringing to each External Paging zone.
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-05 : Universal Night Ans wer/Ring Over P age Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1181 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 31-05 (Universal Night Answer): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 31 05 3.
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-06 : External Speaker Control 1182 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 31-06 : External Speaker Control Description Use Program 31-06 : Exter nal Speaker Control to de fi ne the settings for the e xternal speaker using an ampli fi er .
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-06 : External Speaker Control Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1183 Feature Cr oss Reference ● Paging, External T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 31-06 (External Speaker Control): 1.
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-07 : Combined P aging Assignments 1184 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 31-07 : Combined Paging Assignments Description Use Program 31-07 : Combined Paging Assignments to assign an External Paging Group (0-8) to an Internal Paging Zone (0-64) for Combined P aging.
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-07 : Combined P aging Assignments Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1185 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 31-07 (Combined Pa ging Assignments): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 31 07 3.
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-08 : BGM on External P aging 1186 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 31-08 : BGM on External Paging Description Use Program 31-08 : BGM on Exter nal Paging to set the Background Music option for each External Paging zone.
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-08 : BGM on External P aging Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1187 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 31-08 (BGM on External Pa ging): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 31 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-08 : BGM on External P aging 1188 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -.
Pr ogram 32 : Door Bo x and Sensor Setup 32-01 : Door Bo x Timer s Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1189 Program 32 : Door Box and Sensor Setup 32-01 : Door Box Timers Description Use Program 32-01 : Door Box Timers to assign the timers used for the Door Box.
Pr ogram 32 : Door Bo x and Sensor Setup 32-01 : Door Bo x Timer s 1190 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 32-01 (Door Box Timers): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 32 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 32 : Door Bo x and Sensor Setup 32-02 : Door Bo x Ring Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1191 32-02 : Door Box Ring Assignment Description Use Program 32-02 : Door Box Ring Assignments to assign the extension which will ring when a caller presses the associated Door Box’ s call button.
Pr ogram 32 : Door Bo x and Sensor Setup 32-02 : Door Bo x Ring Assignment 1192 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 32-02 (Door Box Ring Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2.
Pr ogram 32 : Door Bo x and Sensor Setup 32-03 : Door Bo x Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1193 32-03 : Door Box Basic Setup Description Use Program 32-03 : Door Box Basic Setup to select the chime pattern and g ain lev el for each Door Box.
Pr ogram 32 : Door Bo x and Sensor Setup 32-03 : Door Bo x Basic Setup 1194 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 32-03 (Door Box Basic Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 32 03 3.
Pr ogram 33 : CT A and A CI Setup 33-01 : A CI P or t T ype Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1195 Program 33 : CT A and ACI Setup 33-01 : ACI Port Type Setup Description Use Pr ogram 33-01 : A CI Port T ype Setup to set the function of each software port on an Analog Communications Interface.
Pr ogram 33 : CT A and A CI Setup 33-01 : A CI P or t T ype Setup 1196 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 33-01 (A CI P or t T ype Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 33 01 3.
Pr ogram 33 : CT A and A CI Setup 33-02 : A CI Depar tment Calling Gr oup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1197 33-02 : ACI Department Calling Group Description Use Program 33-02 : A CI Department Calling Group to assign ACI ports to Department Groups.
Pr ogram 33 : CT A and A CI Setup 33-02 : A CI Depar tment Calling Gr oup 1198 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 33-02 (A CI Department Calling Group): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-01 : E&M Tie Line Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1199 Program 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-01 : E&M Tie Line Basic Setup Description Use Program 34-01 : E&M Tie Line Basic Setup to de fi nes the basic settings for each E&M tie line.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-01 : E&M Tie Line Basic Setup 1200 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-01 (E&M Tie Line Basic Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 34 01 3.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-02 : E&M Tie Line Class of Ser vice Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1201 34-02 : E&M Tie Line Class of Service Description Use Program 34-02 : E&M Tie Line Class of Service to assign a Class of Service to a tie line (there are 15 tie line Classes of Service).
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-02 : E&M Tie Line Class of Ser vice 1202 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-02 (E&M Tie Line Class of Service): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-03 : T runk Group Routing f or E&M Tie Lines Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1203 34-03 : Trunk Group Routing for E&M Tie Lines Description Use Program 34-03 : T runk Group Routing f or E&M T ie Lines to assign the trunk group route 1-8 or 1-100) chosen when a user seizes a tie line and dials 9.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-03 : T runk Group Routing f or E&M Tie Lines 1204 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-03 (T runk Group Routing f or E&M Tie Lines): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-04 : E&M Tie Line T oll Restriction Class Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1205 34-04 : E&M Tie Line T oll Restriction Class Description Use Program 34-04 : E&M Tie Line T oll Restriction Class to enter a T oll Restriction Class for each tie line.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-04 : E&M Tie Line T oll Restriction Class 1206 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-04 (E&M Tie Line T oll Restriction Class): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-05 : Tie Line Outgoing Call Restriction Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1207 34-05 : Tie Line Outgoing Call Restriction Description Use Program 34-05 : Tie Line Outgoing Call Restriction to b uild a restriction matrix for outgo- ing trunk calls placed from an inbound trunk (e.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-05 : Tie Line Outgoing Call Restriction 1208 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● T ie Lines : : : 97 0000 Prior to 2.02: 1 2.02+: 0 000 98 0000 0 Prior to 2.02: 1 2.02+: 0 00 99 0000 0 0 Prior to 2.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-05 : Tie Line Outgoing Call Restriction Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1209 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-05 (Tie Line Outgoing Call Restriction): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-06 : Add / Delete Digit f or E&M Tie Line 1210 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 34-06 : Add / Delete Digit for E&M Tie Line Description Use Program 34-06 : Add / Delete Digit for E&M Tie Line to set digits that the system should add or delete for tie lines.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-06 : Add / Delete Digit f or E&M Tie Line Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1211 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-06 (Add / Delete Digit for E&M Tie Line): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-07 : E&M Tie Line Timer 1212 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 34-07 : E&M Tie Line Timer Description Use Program 34-07 : E&M Tie Line Timer to de fi ne the system service tone timers.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-07 : E&M Tie Line Timer Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1213 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-07 (E&M Tie Line Timer): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 34 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-08 : T oll Restriction Data for E&M Tie Lines 1214 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 34-08 : Toll Restriction Data for E&M Tie Lines Description Use Program 34-08 : T oll Restriction Data f or E&M T ie Lines to de fi ne the toll restriction data for E&M tie lines.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-08 : T oll Restriction Data for E&M Tie Lines Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1215 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-08 (T oll Restriction Data for E&M Tie Lines): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-09 : ANI/DNIS Ser vice Options 1216 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 34-09 : ANI/DNIS Service Options Description Use Program 34-09 : ANI/DNIS Service Options to de fi ne the ANI//DNIS service option setup for E&M Class of Service.
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-09 : ANI/DNIS Ser vice Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1217 04 Route T able Setup of T arget Dial The option sets ho w the system uses the route data (gathered in Item 3) to route incoming ANI/DNIS calls).
Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-09 : ANI/DNIS Ser vice Options 1218 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● T1 T runking (with ANI/DNIS Compatibility) ● T ie Lines T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-09 (ANI/DNIS Service Options): 1.
Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-01 : SMDR Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1219 Program 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-01 : SMDR Options Description Use Program 35-01 : SMDR Options to set the SMDR (Station Message Detail Recording) options for each of the 8 SMDR ports.
Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-01 : SMDR Options 1220 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Station Message Detail Recording T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 35-01 (SMDR Options): 1.
Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-02 : SMDR Output Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1221 35-02 : SMDR Output Options Description Use Program 35-02 : SMDR Output Options to set the SMDR (Station Message Detail Record- ing) output options for each of the 8 SMDR ports.
Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-02 : SMDR Output Options 1222 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 07 T oll Charge Cost Set this option to (1) hav e the SMDR report include toll charges. 0=Not Displayed 1=Displayed 1 08 Incoming Call Enable this option (1) to hav e the SMDR report include incoming calls.
Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-02 : SMDR Output Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1223 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Station Message Detail Recording T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 35-02 (SMDR Output Options): 1.
Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-03 : SMDR P or t Assignment f or T runk Gr oup 1224 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 35-03 : SMDR Port Assignment for Trunk Group Description Use Program 35-03 : SMDR P ort Assignment for T runk Group to assign the SMDR port for each trunk group.
Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-03 : SMDR P or t Assignment f or T runk Gr oup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1225 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 35-03 (SMDR P ort Assignment for T runk Gr oup): 1.
Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-04 : SMDR P or t Assignment f or Depar tment Groups 1226 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 35-04 : SMDR Port Assignment for Department Groups Description Use Program 35-04 : SMDR P ort Assignment for Department Gr oups to assign the SMDR port for each Department Group.
Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-04 : SMDR P or t Assignment f or Depar tment Groups Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1227 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 35-04 (SMDR P ort Assignment for Department Groups): 1.
Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-05 : Account Code Setup 1228 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 35-05 : Account Code Setup Description Use Pr ogram 35-01 : Account Code Setup to set various Account Code options for an extension’ s Class of Service.
Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-05 : Account Code Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1229 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 35-05 (Account Code Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 35 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-06 : V erified Account Code T able 1230 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 35-06 : V erified Account Code Table Description Use Program 35-06 : V eri fi ed Account Code T able to enter Account Codes into the V eri fi ed Account Code list.
Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-06 : V erified Account Code T able Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1231 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 35-06 (V eri fi ed Account Code T able): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-06 : V erified Account Code T able 1232 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -.
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-01 : V oice Mail Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1233 Program 40 : Voice Mail Setup 40-01 : V oice Mail Basic Setup Description Use Program 40-01 : V oice Mail Basic Setup to de fi ne the basic operation of V oice Mail (DSPDB).
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-01 : V oice Mail Basic Setup 1234 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-01 (V oice Mail Basic Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 40 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-02 : Mailbo x Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1235 40-02 : Mailbox Setup Description Use Program 40-02 : Mailbox Setup to de fi ne the mailbox of the V oice Mail (DSPDB). There are a maximum of 300 mailboxes in the DSPDB.
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-02 : Mailbo x Setup 1236 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-02 (Mailbox Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 40 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-03 : Message Recording Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1237 40-03 : Message Recording Setup Description Use Program 40-03 : Message Recording Setup to de fi ne the auto-answering operation of the V oice Mail (DSPDB).
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-03 : Message Recording Setup 1238 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-03 (Message Recording Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 40 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-04 : Live Recording Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1239 40-04 : Live Recording Setup Description Use Program 40-04 : Li ve Recording Setup to de fi ne the con versation recording operation of the V oice Mail (DSPDB).
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-04 : Live Recording Setup 1240 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-04 (Live Recording Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 40 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-05 : Call Information Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1241 40-05 : Call Information Setup Description Use Program 40-05 : Call Inf ormation Setup to de fi ne the incoming notice of the V oice Mail (DSPDB).
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-05 : Call Information Setup 1242 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-05 (Call Information Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 40 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-06 : V oice Mail A utomated Attendant Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1243 40-06 : V oice Mail Automated Attendant Data Setup Description Use Pr og.
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-06 : V oice Mail A utomated Attendant Data Setup 1244 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-06 (V oice Mail A utomated Attendant Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-07 : V oice Pr ompt Language Assignment for VRS Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1245 40-07 : V oice Prompt Language Assignment for VRS Description Use Program 40-07 : V oice Pr ompt Language Assignment for VRS to specify the language to be used for the VRS prompts.
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-07 : V oice Pr ompt Language Assignment for VRS 1246 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-07 (V oice Prompt Langua ge Assignment for System): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-08 : V oice Pr ompt Language Assignment for Mailbo xes Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1247 40-08 : V oice Prompt Language Assignment for Mailboxes Description Use Pr ogram 40-08 : V oice Pr ompt Language Assignment for Mailboxes to select the language to be used for the mailboxes.
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-08 : V oice Pr ompt Language Assignment for Mailbo xes 1248 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-08 (V oice Prompt Langua ge Assignment for Mailbo xes): 1.
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-09 : V oice Mail Multiple Address Gr oup Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1249 40-09 : V oice Mail Multiple Address Group Setup Description Use Program 40-09 : V oice Mail Multiple Address Group Setup to de fi ne the broadcast group of a V oice Mail (DSPDB) mailbox.
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-10 : V oice Announcement Service Option 1250 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 40-10 : V oice Announcement Service Option Description In Program 40-10 : V oice Announcement Serv ice Option de fi ne the system options for the V oice Announcement feature.
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-10 : V oice Announcement Service Option Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1251 Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Response System (VRS) T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-10 (V oice Announcement Service Option): 1.
Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-11 : Pre-Amble Message Assignment 1252 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 40-11 : Pre-Amble Message Assignment Description In Program 40-11 : Pr e-Amble Message Assignment to assign the V A U message number to be used as the Pre-amble Message for each trunk.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-01 : System Options for A CD Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1253 Program 41 : ACD Setup 41-01 : System Options for ACD Description In Program 41-01 : System Options f or A CD de fi ne the system options for the A CD feature.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-01 : System Options for A CD 1254 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-01 (System Options for A CD): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 10 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-02 : A CD Gr oup and Agent Assignments Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1255 41-02 : ACD Group and Agent Assignments Description In Program 41-02 : A CD Group and Agent Assignments , for each A CD extension number , assign an ACD Group (1-64).
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-02 : A CD Gr oup and Agent Assignments 1256 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-02 (A CD Group and Agent Assignments): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-03 : Incoming Ring Group Assignment f or A CD Group Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1257 41-03 : Incoming Ring Group Assignment for ACD Gr oup Description In Program.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-03 : Incoming Ring Group Assignment f or A CD Group 1258 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-03 (Incoming Ring Group Assignment f or A CD Group): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-04 : A CD Gr oup Supervisor Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1259 41-04 : ACD Group Supervisor Description For each A CD Group (1-64), use Program 41-04 : A CD Group Super visor to assign the group’ s supervisor extension and operating mode.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-04 : A CD Gr oup Supervisor 1260 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-04 (A CD Group Supervisor): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-05 : A CD Agent W ork Schedules Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1261 41-05 : ACD Agent Work Schedules Description Use Pr ogram 41-05 : A CD Agent W ork Schedules to set up the W ork Schedules for ACD Agents and Groups.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-05 : A CD Agent W ork Schedules 1262 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-05 (A CD Agent W ork Schedules): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-06 : T runk W ork Schedules Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1263 41-06 : Trunk Work Schedules Description Use Program 41-06 : T runk W ork Schedules to set up the W ork Schedules for trunks. For each W ork Schedule (1-4), designate the start and stop times for each of the eight W ork Periods.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-06 : T runk W ork Schedules 1264 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-06 (T runk W ork Schedules): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-07 : A CD W eekly Sc hedule Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1265 41-07 : ACD Weekly Schedule Setup Description Use Program 41-07 : A CD W eekly Schedule Setup to assign the four W ork Schedules (1-4) to days of the week.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-07 : A CD W eekly Sc hedule Setup 1266 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-07 (A CD W eekly Schedule Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 07 3.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-08 : A CD Overflow Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1267 41-08 : ACD Overflow Options Description For each A CD Group (1-64), use Program 41-08 : A CD Over fl ow Options to assign the o ver fl ow mode (0-9), destination and announcement message types.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-08 : A CD Overflow Options 1268 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions Delay announcement functions are not av ailable for A CD pilot number call.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-09 : A CD Overflow T able Setting Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1269 41-09 : ACD Overflow Table Setting Description Use Program 41-09 : A CD Over fl ow T able Setting to de fi ne the A CD group to which a call will be transferred when ov er fl ow occurs.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-09 : A CD Overflow T able Setting 1270 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-09 (A CD Over fl ow T able Setting): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 09 3.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-10 : PGD AD Dela y Announcement Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1271 41-10 : PGDAD Delay Announcement Description Use Program 41-10 : PGD AD Delay Announcement to de fi ne the PGD AD port number to be used for the delay announcement.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-10 : PGD AD Dela y Announcement 1272 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-10 (PGD AD Delay Announcement): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 10 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-11 : VRS Delay Announcement Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1273 41-11 : VRS Dela y Announcement Description Use Program 41-11 : VRS Delay Announcement to assign the VRS message number to be used as the message source for the 1st and 2nd Delay Announcement Messages.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-11 : VRS Delay Announcement 1274 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-11 (VRS Delay Announcement): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 11 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-12 : Night Announcement Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1275 41-12 : Night Announcement Setup Description Use Program 41-12 : Night Announcement Setup to de fi ne the night announce voice resource and sending time for each ACD group.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-12 : Night Announcement Setup 1276 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-12 (Night Announcement Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 12 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-13 : VRS Message Number for Night Announcement Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1277 41-13 : VRS Messa ge Number for Night Announcement Description Use Program 41-13 : VRS Night Announcement to de fi ne the VRS message number to be used as the night announcement.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-13 : VRS Message Number for Night Announcement 1278 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-13 (VRS Night Announcement): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 13 3.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-14 : A CD Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1279 41-14 : ACD Options Description Use Program 41-14 : A CD Options to set various options for A CD Groups. When you set an option for an ACD Group, the setting is in force (if applicable) for all agents within the group.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-14 : A CD Options 1280 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-14 (A CD Options): 1.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-15 : A CD Queue Alarm Inf ormation Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1281 41-15 : ACD Queue Alarm Information Description Use Program 41-15 : A CD Queue Alarm Information to assign the options for “ Audible Indica- tion” for Log Out / Of f Duty mode for each A CD group.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-15 : A CD Queue Alarm Inf ormation 1282 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-15 (A CD Queue Alarm Information): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 15 3.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-16 : A CD Threshold Overflow Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1283 41-16 : ACD Threshold Overflow Description Use Program 41-16 : A CD Thr eshold Over fl ow to de fi ne the value of the ACD threshold call over fl o w and the mode for each ACD group.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-16 : A CD Threshold Overflow 1284 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-16 (A CD Threshold Over fl o w): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 16 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-17 : A CD Login Mode Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1285 41-17 : ACD Login Mode Setup Description Use Program 41-17 : A CD Login Mode Setup to de fi ne the A CD login mode for each extension.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-17 : A CD Login Mode Setup 1286 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-17 (A CD Login Mode Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 17 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-18 : A CD Agent Identity Code Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1287 41-18 : ACD Agent Identity Code Setup Description Use Program 41-18 : A CD Agent Identity Code Setup to de fi ne the ACD Agent Identity Code T able.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-18 : A CD Agent Identity Code Setup 1288 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-18 (A CD Agent Identity Code Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 18 3.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-19 : V oice Mail Dela y Announcement Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1289 41-19 : V oice Mail Delay Announcement Description Use Pr ogram 41-19 : V oice Mail Delay Announcement to assign v oice mail A CD Announcement Mailboxes as the message source for the 1st and 2nd Announcement Messages.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-19 : V oice Mail Dela y Announcement 1290 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) ● V oice Response Service (VRS) T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-19 (V oice Mail Delay Announcement): 1.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-20 : A CD Queue Displa y Settings Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1291 41-20 : ACD Queue Display Settings Description Use Program 41-20 : A CD Queue Display Settings to assign the options for the A CD Queue Sta- tus Display feature.
Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-20 : A CD Queue Displa y Settings 1292 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-20 (A CD Queue Display Settings): 1.
Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-01 : System Options for Hotel/Motel Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1293 Program 42 : Hotel Setup 42-01 : System Options for Hotel/Motel Description Use Program 42-01 : System Options f or Hotel/Motel to assign the system options for Hotel/ Motel Service.
Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-01 : System Options for Hotel/Motel 1294 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 42-01 (System Options for Hotel/Motel): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 42 01 3.
Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-02 : Hotel/Motel T elephone Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1295 42-02 : Hotel/Motel Telephone Setup Description Use Program 42-02 : Hotel/Motel T elephone Setup to de fi ne the basic operation of the Hotel/ Motel extensions.
Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-02 : Hotel/Motel T elephone Setup 1296 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 42-02 (Hotel/Motel T elephone Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 42 02 3.
Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-03 : Class of Ser vice Options (Hotel/Motel) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1297 42-03 : Class of Service Options (Hotel/Motel) Description Use Program 42-03 : Class of Ser vice Options (Hotel) to set the Hotel/Motel Class of Service (COS) options.
Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-03 : Class of Ser vice Options (Hotel/Motel) 1298 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Class of Service ● Hotel/Motel T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 42-03 (Class of Service Options (Hotel/Motel)): 1.
Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-04 : Hotel Mode One-Digit Ser vice Codes Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1299 42-04 : Hotel Mode One-Digit Service Codes Description Use Program 42-04 : Hotel Mode One-Digit Ser vice Codes to set up the Hotel Mode one-digit service codes which are assigned in 42-02-01.
Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-04 : Hotel Mode One-Digit Ser vice Codes 1300 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 42-04 (Hotel Mode One-Digit Service Codes): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-05 : Hotel Room Status Printer Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1301 42-05 : Hotel Room Status Printer Description Use Program 42-05 : Hotel Room Status Printer to set the CT A port to output the Hotel Data (Check-Out sheet, Room Status etc.
Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-05 : Hotel Room Status Printer 1302 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 42-05 (Hotel Room Status Printer): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 42 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-01 : System Options for ARS/F-Route Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1303 Program 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-01 : System Options for ARS/F-Route Description Use Pr ogram 44-01 : System Options for ARS/F-Route to de fi ne the system options for the ARS/ F-Route feature.
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-02 : Dial Analysis T able f or ARS/F-Route Access 1304 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 44-02 : Dial Analysis Table for ARS/F-Route Access Description Use Program 44-02 : Dial Analysis T able for ARS/F-Route Access to set the Pre-T ransaction T able for selecting ARS/F-Route.
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-02 : Dial Analysis T able f or ARS/F-Route Access Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1305 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Route Selection (ARS)/F-Route 03 Additional Data For the Service T ype selected in 44-02-02, enter the additional data required.
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-02 : Dial Analysis T able f or ARS/F-Route Access 1306 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 44-02 (Dial Analysis T ab le for ARS/F-Route Access): 1.
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-03 : Dial Analysis Extension T able Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1307 44-03 : Dial Analysis Extension Table Description When Program 44-02-02 is set to type “3”, use Program 44-03 : Dial Analysis Extension T able to set the dial extension analysis table.
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-03 : Dial Analysis Extension T able 1308 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Dial Analysis T able Number : 252 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Route Selection (ARS)/F-Route T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 44-03 (Dial Analysis Extension T ab le): 1.
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-04 : ARS/F-Route Selection for Time Sc hedule Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1309 44-04 : ARS/F-Route Selection for Time Schedule Description Use Program 44-.
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-05 : ARS/F-Route T able 1310 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 44-05 : ARS/F-Route Table Description Use Program 44-05 : ARS/F-Route T able to set the ARS/F-Route table. There are 4 kinds of order . If the higher priority trunk groups are busy , the next order group will be used.
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-05 : ARS/F-Route T able Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1311 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Route Selection (ARS)/F-Route T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 44-05 (ARS/F-Route T able): 1.
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-06 : Additional Dial T able 1312 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 44-06 : Additional Dial Table Description Use Program 44-06 : Additional Dial T able to set the additional dial table to add prior to the dialed ARS/F-Route number .
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-07 : Gain T able f or ARS/F-Route Access Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1313 44-07 : Gain Table for ARS/F-Route Access Description Use Program 44-07 : Gain T able f or ARS/F-Route Access to set the gain/P AD table.
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-07 : Gain T able f or ARS/F-Route Access 1314 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 44-07 (Gain T able f or ARS/F-Route Access): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-08 : Time Schedule f or ARS/F-Route Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1315 44-08 : Time Schedule for ARS/F-Route Description Use Program 44-08 : Time Schedule f or ARS/F-Route to de fi ne the daily pattern of the ARS/ F-Route feature.
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-08 : Time Schedule f or ARS/F-Route 1316 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 44-08 (Time Schedule for ARS/F-Route): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2.
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-09 : W eekly Sc hedule f or ARS/F-Route Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1317 44-09 : W eekly Schedule for ARS/F-Route Description Use Program 44-09 : W eekly Schedule for ARS/F-Route to de fi ne a weekly schedule for using ARS/F-Route.
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-09 : W eekly Sc hedule f or ARS/F-Route 1318 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 44-09 (Weekl y Schedule for ARS/F-Route): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-10 : Holiday Sc hedule for ARS/F-Route Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1319 44-10 : Holiday Schedule for ARS/F-Route Description Use Program 44-10 : Holiday Schedule f or ARS/F-Route to de fi ne a yearly schedule for ARS/ F-Route.
Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-10 : Holiday Sc hedule for ARS/F-Route 1320 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -.
Pr ogram 45 : V oice Mail Integration 45-01 : V oice Mail Integration Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1321 Program 45 : Voice Mail Integration 45-01 : V oice Mail Integration Options Description Use Program 45-01 :V oice Mail Integration Options to customize certain voice mail inte gration options.
Pr ogram 45 : V oice Mail Integration 45-01 : V oice Mail Integration Options 1322 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail 05 Message W ait Enable/disable the system’ s ability to pro- cess the V oice Mail’ s Message W ait (#) commands.
Pr ogram 45 : V oice Mail Integration 45-01 : V oice Mail Integration Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1323 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 45-01 (V oice Mail Integration Options): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 45 : V oice Mail Integration 45-02 : NSL Option Setup 1324 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 45-02 : NSL Option Setup Description Use Pr ogram 45-02 : NSL Option Setup to customize the NSL options for V oice Mail integration.
Pr ogram 45 : V oice Mail Integration 45-02 : NSL Option Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1325 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 45-02 (NSL Option Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 45 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 45 : V oice Mail Integration 45-03 : NSL Timer Setup 1326 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 45-03 : NSL Timer Setup Description Use Program 45-03 : NSL Timer Setup to customize the NSL timers for V oice Mail integration.
Pr ogram 45 : V oice Mail Integration 45-03 : NSL Timer Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1327 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 45-03 (NSL Timer Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 45 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 45 : V oice Mail Integration 45-03 : NSL Timer Setup 1328 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-01 : IntraMail System Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1329 Program 47 : IntraMail 47-01 : IntraMail System Options Description Use Program 47-01 : IntraMail System Options to set up the IntraMail system-wide options.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-01 : IntraMail System Options 1330 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 03 Subscriber Message Length (Subs Msg Length) Use this option to set the maximum length of recorded messages for: • Subscriber Mailbox users dialing RS to record and send a message.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-01 : IntraMail System Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1331 07 Digital Pager Callback Number (Pager CBack) Use this option to set the Digital P ager Callbac k Number por- tion of the Message Noti fi cation callout number for a digital pager .
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-01 : IntraMail System Options 1332 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10 W ait Between Non-Pager Callout Attempts (Notify N-Pgr Intvl) Use this option to set the minimu.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-01 : IntraMail System Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1333 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail 15 Send Pager Callout Until Acknowledged (.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-01 : IntraMail System Options 1334 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-01 (IntraMail Basic Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-02: IntraMail Station Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1335 47-02: IntraMail Station Mailbox Options Description Use 47-02: IntraMail Station Mailbox Options to set up a station’ s (extension’ s) mailbox.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-02: IntraMail Station Mailbo x Options 1336 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 04 Message Playback (Message Playback) Use this option to set the Subscriber Mailbox message play- back order .
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-02: IntraMail Station Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1337 09 A uto Attendant Do Not Disturb (Auto-A TT DND) Use this option to enable or disable Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb .
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-02: IntraMail Station Mailbo x Options 1338 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-02 (IntraMail Station Mailbox Options): 1.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-03: IntraMail Master Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1339 47-03: IntraMail Master Mailbox Options Description Use 47-03: Master Mailbox Options to set up the 16 Master Mailboxes (01-16).
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-03: IntraMail Master Mailbo x Options 1340 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-03 (IntraMail Master Mailbox Options): 1.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-04: Master Call Routing Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1341 47-04: Master Call Routing Mailbox Options Description Use 47-04: Master Call Routing Mailbox Options to set up a Master Mailbox (01-16) assigned as a Call Routing Mailbox in 47-03-03: Master Mailbox T ype .
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-04: Master Call Routing Mailbo x Options 1342 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-04 (Master Call Routing Mailbox Options): 1.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-05: Master Announcement Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1343 47-05: Master Announcement Mailbox Options Description Use 47-05: Master Announcement Mailbox Options to set up a Master Mailbox (01-16) assigned as an Announcement Mailbox in 47-03-03: Master Mailbox T ype .
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-05: Master Announcement Mailbo x Options 1344 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-05 (Master Announcement Mailbox Options): 1.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-06: Master Subscriber Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1345 47-06: Master Subscriber Mailbox Options Description Use 47-06: Master Subscriber Mailbox Options to set up a Master Mailbox assigned as a Sub- scriber Mailbox in 47-03-03: Master Mailbox T ype .
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-06: Master Subscriber Mailbo x Options 1346 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 05 Recording Con versation Beep (Rec Con v Beep) Use this option to enable or disable the Con versation Record beep.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-06: Master Subscriber Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1347 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail 10 System Administrator (System Admin) Use this option to designate the Subscriber Mailbox as a System Administrator .
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-06: Master Subscriber Mailbo x Options 1348 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-06 (Master Subscriber Mailbox Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-07: IntraMail Routing Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1349 47-07: IntraMail Routing Mailbox Options Description Use 47-07: IntraMail Routing Mailbox Options to set up the 16 Routing. Routing Mailboxes can be either Announcement or Call Routing Mailboxes.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-07: IntraMail Routing Mailbo x Options 1350 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-07 (IntraMail Routing Mailbox Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-08: Call Routing Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1351 47-08: Call Routing Mailbox Options Description Use 47-08: Call Routing Mailbox Options to set the options for mailboxes assigned as Call Rout- ing Mailboxes in 47-07-02: Routing Mailbox T ype .
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-08: Call Routing Mailbo x Options 1352 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-08 (Call Routing Mailbox Options): 1.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-09: Announcement Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1353 47-09: Announcement Mailbox Options Description Use 47-09: Announcement Mailbox Options to set the options for mailboxes assigned as Announcement Mailboxes in 47-07-02: Routing Mailbox T ype .
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-09: Announcement Mailbo x Options 1354 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-09 (Announcement Mailbox Options): 1.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-10: IntraMail T runk Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1355 47-10: IntraMail Trunk Options Description Use 47-10: IntraMail T runk Options to assign IntraMail options for each trunk. Currently , only 47-10-01: Answer T able Assignment is av ailable.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-10: IntraMail T runk Options 1356 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-10 (IntraMail T runk Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 10 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-11: IntraMail Answer T able Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1357 47-11: IntraMail Answer Table Options Description Use 47-11: IntraMail Answer T able Options to set options for the Answer T ables. IntraMail pro- vides 8 Answer T ables (1-8).
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-11: IntraMail Answer T able Options 1358 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail 03 Default Mailbox Category (Default MB Ctg) Use this option to specify the category of mailbox used as the Default Mailbox.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-11: IntraMail Answer T able Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1359 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-11 (IntraMail Answer T ab le Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 11 3.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules 1360 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules Description Use 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules to set up the IntraMail Automated Attendant Answer Schedules. There are eight Answer T ables, with up to 10 Answer Schedules in each Answer T able.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1361 02 Answering Mailbox Category (Entryxx MB Ctg) Use this option to specify the category of mailbox to which Automated Attendant calls should route when the schedule is in ef fect.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules 1362 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T ype 1 (Day of the W eek) Answer Schedule Options T ype 1 (Day of W eek) Example In this example, Answer T able 1 routes calls as follo ws: Schedule 1 uses Routing Mailbox 2 and runs Sunday fr om 8:30AM to 5:00PM.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1363 T ype 1 (Day of W eek) Example Answer T able 1 Answer Schedule 1 Answ er Schedule 1 is a Day of Week schedule that runs Sunday from 8:30AM to 5:00PM.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules 1364 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T ype 2 (Rang e of Da ys) Answer Schedule Options T ype 2 (Rang e of Da ys) Example In this example, Answer T able 1 routes calls as follo ws: Schedule 1 uses Routing Mailbox 1 and runs Sunday thr ough W ednesday fr om 8:30AM to 5:00PM.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1365 T ype 3 (Date) Answer Schedule Options T ype 3 (Date) Example In this example, Answer T able 1 routes calls as follo ws: Schedule 1 uses Routing Mailbox 1 and runs e very day from 8:30AM to 5:00PM.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules 1366 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-12 (IntraMail Answer Schedules): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 12 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action T ables Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1367 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action Tables Description Use 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action T ables to set up the IntraMail Dial Action T ables. The Dial Action T able de fi nes the options than an Automated Attendant caller can dial.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action T ables 1368 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Dial Action T able Actions ● TRF Action - Screened T ransfer (1) (TRF) Use this action to allo w an Automated Attendant caller to place a Screened T ransfer to an extension.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action T ables Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1369 ● REC2 Action - Quick Message Without Gr eeting (4) (REC2) Use this action to allo w an Automated Attendant caller to leav e a Quick Message at an exten- sion.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action T ables 1370 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual ● GO TO Action - Go to Mailbox (7) (GO TO) Use this option to provide Automated Attendant callers with the ability to route to Call Rout- ing and Announcement Mailboxes.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action T ables Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1371 Input Data Conditions None Dial Action T able Number 01-16 Ke y No.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action T ables 1372 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Defaults Note: TIMEOUT provides the routing for rotary dial callers.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action T ables Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1373 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-13 (IntraMail Dial Action T ables): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 13 3.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-14 : Master Director y Mailbo x Options 1374 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 47-14 : Master Directory Mailbox Options Description Use 47-14: Master Directory Mailbox Options to set up the Master Mailbox assigned as a Direc- tory Dialing Mailbox in 47-03-03: Master Mailbox T ype.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-14 : Master Director y Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1375 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail 06 Time Limit f or Dialing Comma.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-14 : Master Director y Mailbo x Options 1376 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-14 (Master Directory Mailbox Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-15 : Routing Director y Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1377 47-15 : Routing Directory Mailbox Options Description Use 47-15: Routing Directory Mailbox Options to set up the Routing Mailbox assigned as a Directory Dialing Mailbox in 47-07-02: Routing Mailbox T ype.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-15 : Routing Director y Mailbo x Options 1378 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 06 Time Limit f or Dialing Commands This option determines ho w long IntraMail will wait for the caller connected to the Directory Dialing Mailbox to dial before repeating the Directory Dialing Message.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-15 : Routing Director y Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1379 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail 47-15: Routing Directory Dialing Mailbox Options (Entry Range) [Default Setting] CALL1 + #*#* + Passw ord (12345678) + HOLD + 4714 + Option.
Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-15 : Routing Director y Mailbo x Options 1380 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-15 (Routing Directory Mailbox Options): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-01 : Ser vice T one Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1381 Program 80 : Basic Hardware Setup for System 80-01 : Service Tone Setup Description Use Program 80-01 : Ser vice T one Setup to de fi ne up to 64 Service T ones.
Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-01 : Ser vice T one Setup 1382 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Default 10 440 / 480 -16 / -16 26 - reserve - - 11 480 / 620 -21 / -21 27 - re.
Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-01 : Ser vice T one Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1383 10 Internal Interrupt T one 0 Basic 1 Basic 2 Basic 3 11 0 0 3 2 0 20 (-6dB) 20.
Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-01 : Ser vice T one Setup 1384 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 22 Door Box Chime 4 3 Basic 1 Basic 2 Basic 3 Basic 4 Basic 5 Basic 6 Basic 7 .
Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-01 : Ser vice T one Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1385 32 Splash T one 1 1 Basic 1 Basic 2 Basic 3 0 6 0 1 1 0 32 (0dB) 32 (0dB) 33 Sp.
Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-01 : Ser vice T one Setup 1386 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 48 V oice Mail Message W aiting, Special Dial Stutter Dial T one (analog sets).
Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-01 : Ser vice T one Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1387 Conditions The system must be reset in order for any changes to these items tak e affect.
Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-02 : DTMF T one Setup 1388 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 80-02 : DTMF Tone Setup Description Use Program 80-02 : DTMF T one Setup to de fi ne the duration (on time) and pause (of f time) for DTMF dialing.
Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-02 : DTMF T one Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1389 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 80-02 (DTMF T one Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 80 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-03 : DTMF T one Receiver Setup 1390 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 80-03 : DTMF Tone Receiver Setup Description Use Program 80-03 : DTMF T o.
Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-03 : DTMF T one Receiver Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1391 Default Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password.
Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-04 : Call Progress T one Detector Setup 1392 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 80-04 : Call Progress Tone Detector Setup Description Use Progra.
Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-04 : Call Progress T one Detector Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1393 Default Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password. Feature Cr oss Reference ● Selectable Ring T ones Item No.
Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-04 : Call Progress T one Detector Setup 1394 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 80-04 (Call Progress T one Detector Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-05 : Date Format for SMDR and System Reports Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1395 80-05 : Date Format for SMDR and System Reports Description .
Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-05 : Date Format for SMDR and System Reports 1396 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-01 : COIU Initial Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1397 Program 81 : Basic Hardware Setup for Trunk 81-01 : COIU Initial Data Setup Description Use Pr ogram 81-01 : COIU Initial Data Setup to de fi ne the various basic timers for COIU PCBs.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-01 : COIU Initial Data Setup 1398 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-01 : COIU Initial Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1399 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 81-01 ( COIU Initial Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-02 : DIOPU Initial Data Setup 1400 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 81-02 : DIOPU Initial Data Setup Description Use Pr ogram 81-02 : DIOPU Initial Data Setup to de fi ne the various basic timers for the DIOPU cards.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-02 : DIOPU Initial Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1401 Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-03 : 4TLIU Initial Data Setup 1402 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 81-03 : 4TLIU Initial Data Setup Description Use Program 81-03 : 4TLIU Initial Data Setup to de fi ne the v arious basic timers for the E&M tie line PCB.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-03 : 4TLIU Initial Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1403 Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-04 : ISDN BRI Lay er 1 (T -P oint) Initial Data Setup 1404 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 81-04 : ISDN BRI Layer 1 (T -Point) Initial Data Setup Description Use Pr ogram 81-04 : ISDN BRI Layer 1 (T -Point) Initial Data Setup to de fi ne the various basic options for layer 1 of ISDN BRI.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-05 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 2 (T -P oint) Initial Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1405 81-05 : ISDN BRI & PRI Layer 2 (T -Po.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-05 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 2 (T -P oint) Initial Data Setup 1406 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 81-05 (ISDN BRI & PRI Layer 2 (T -P oint) Initial Data Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-06 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 3 (T -P oint) Timer Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1407 81-06 : ISDN BRI & PRI Layer 3 (T -Point) Ti.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-06 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 3 (T -P oint) Timer Setup 1408 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-07 : CODEC Filter Setup for Analog T runk P or ts Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1409 81-07 : CODEC Filter Setup for Analog Trunk Ports Description Use Program 81-07 : CODEC Filter Setup f or Analog T runk P orts to de fi ne the CODEC (QSLA C) Filter for each analog trunk port.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-07 : CODEC Filter Setup for Analog T runk P or ts 1410 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 81-07 (CODEC FilterSetup for Analog T runk Ports): 1.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-08 : T1 T runk Timer Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1411 81-08 : T1 Trunk Timer Setup Description Use Program 81-08 : T1 T runk Timer Setup to de fi ne the various basic timers for each T1 trunk type.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-08 : T1 T runk Timer Setup 1412 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 24 E&M - Loop Current Detection T ime 1-250 (4msec - 1020msec) 40 (200mse.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-08 : T1 T runk Timer Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1413 54 OPX - Receive Hook fl ash Duration Minimum Time 1-255 (100msec - 25500msec.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-08 : T1 T runk Timer Setup 1414 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● T1 T runking T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 81-08 (T1 T runk Timer Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-09 : COIU CODEC Filter Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1415 81-09 : COIU CODEC Filter Data Setup Description The system will use th.
Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-09 : COIU CODEC Filter Data Setup 1416 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Central Of fi ce Calls, .
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-01 : Incoming Ring T one Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1417 Program 82 : Basic Hardware Setup for Extension 82-01 : Incoming Ring Tone Description Use Program 82-01 : Incoming Ring T one to set the incoming ring tones, which are the tones a user hears when a call rings an extension.
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-01 : Incoming Ring T one 1418 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Default Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password.
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-01 : Incoming Ring T one Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1419 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 82-01 (Incoming Ring T one): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 82 01 3.
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-03 : DSS Console LED P attern Setup 1420 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 82-03 : DSS Console LED Pattern Setup Description Use Program 82-03 : DSS Console LED P attern Setup to de fi ne the LED patterns for special functions on a DSS console.
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-03 : DSS Console LED P attern Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1421 Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password.
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-04 : SLIU Initial Data Setup 1422 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 82-04 : SLIU Initial Data Setup Description Use Program 82-04 : SLIU Initial Data Setup to de fi ne the v arious basic timers for the ASTU PCB.
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-04 : SLIU Initial Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1423 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 82-04 (SLIU Initial Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-05 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 2 (S-P oint) Initial Data Setup 1424 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 82-05 : ISDN BRI & PRI Layer 2 (S-.
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-05 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 2 (S-P oint) Initial Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1425 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 82-05 (ISDN BRI & PRI Layer 2 (S-P oint) Initial Data Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-06 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 3 (S-P oint) Timer Setup 1426 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 82-06 : ISDN BRI & PRI Layer 3 (S-Point) .
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-06 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 3 (S-P oint) Timer Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1427 Feature Cr oss Reference ● ISDN Compatibility T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 82-06 (ISDN BRI & PRI Layer 3 (S-P oint) Timer Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-07 : CODEC Filter Setup for Analog Station P or ts 1428 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 82-07 : CODEC Filter Setup for Analog Station Ports Description Use Program 82-07 : CODEC Filter Setup f or Analog Station Ports to de fi ne the CODEC (QSLA C) Filter for each analog extension port.
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-07 : CODEC Filter Setup for Analog Station P or ts Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1429 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 82-07 (CODEC Filter Setup for Analog Station P or ts): 1.
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-08 : Sidetone V olume Setup 1430 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 82-08 : Sidetone V olume Setup Description Program 82-08 : Sidetone V olume Setup allo ws adjust of the keyset sidetone volume.
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-08 : Sidetone V olume Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1431 Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password.
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-09 : SLIU CODEC Filter Data Setup 1432 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 82-09 : SLIU CODEC Filter Data Setup Description The system will us.
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-09 : SLIU CODEC Filter Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1433 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Central Of fi ce Calls.
Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-09 : SLIU CODEC Filter Data Setup 1434 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -.
Pr ogram 83: Har dware Setup f or Aspire Wireless 83-11 : Aspire Wireless Configuration Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1435 Program 83: Hardware Setup for Aspire Wireless 83-11 : Aspire Wireless Configuration Description Use Program 83-11 : Aspire Wireless Con fi guration to de fi ne the Aspire Wireless (DECT) options.
Pr ogram 83: Har dware Setup f or Aspire Wireless 83-11 : Aspire Wireless Configuration 1436 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 83-11 (Aspire Wireless Con fi guration): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 83: Har dware Setup f or Aspire Wireless 83-12 : Aspire Wireless Measurement Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1437 83-12 : Aspire Wireless Measurement Description Use Program 83-12 : Aspire Wireless Measur ement to de fi ne the Aspire W ireless (DECT) Base Station measurement.
Pr ogram 83: Har dware Setup f or Aspire Wireless 83-12 : Aspire Wireless Measurement 1438 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 83-12 (Aspire Wireless Measurement): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-01 : CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1439 Program 84 : Hardware Setup for VoIP 84-01 : CODEC Information Basic Setup Description Use Program 84-01 : CODEC Information Basic Setup to de fi ne the data of H.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-01 : CODEC Information Basic Setup 1440 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11 Number of G723 Audio Frame 1 = 30 msec 2 = 60 msec 1 Maximum number of G7.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-01 : CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1441 23 Idle Noise Lev el 5000-7000 (-5000 ~ -7000dbm) 5000 = -5000dbm : 7000 = -7000dbm 7000 Noise lev el of silence 24 Echo canceler mode 0 = Disable 1 = Enable 1 Determine whether or not to use Echo canceller .
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-01 : CODEC Information Basic Setup 1442 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 34 Bandwidth Control 0:Disable 1:Enable 0 Controls the voice bandwidth on an H.323 trunk. 35 Maximum Bandwidth 0-65535kbps 0 The maximum total bandwidth limita- tion for voice pack ets.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-01 : CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1443 Conditions Y ou must log out of system programming in order for changes to th.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-01 : CODEC Information Basic Setup 1444 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-01 (CODEC Information Basic Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-02 : H.225, H.245 Inf ormation Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1445 84-02 : H.225, H.245 Information Basic Setup Description Use Program 84-02 : H.225, H.245 Inf ormation Basic Setup to de fi ne the data of H.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-02 : H.225, H.245 Inf ormation Basic Setup 1446 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP 20 URQ Retry Coun.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-02 : H.225, H.245 Inf ormation Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1447 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-02 (H.225, H.245 Information Basic Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-03 : NGT Information Basic Setup 1448 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-03 : NGT Information Basic Setup Description Use Program 84-03 : NGT Inf ormation Basic Setup to de fi ne the details of NGT (new genera- tion telephone).
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-03 : NGT Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1449 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-03 (NGT Information Basic Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-04 : V OIPU PCB DHCP Ser ver Mode Setup 1450 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-04 : V OIPU PCB DHCP Server Mode Setup Description Use Program 84-04.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-04 : V OIPU PCB DHCP Ser ver Mode Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1451 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-04 (V OIPU PCB DHCP Ser ver Mode Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-05 : V OIPU IP Address Setup 1452 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-05 : V OIPU IP Address Setup Description Use Program 84-05 : V OIPU IP Address Setup to de fi ne the IP Address of the V OIPU PCB.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-05 : V OIPU IP Address Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1453 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-05 (V OIPU IP Address Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 05 3.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-06 : V OIPU Setup 1454 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-06 : V OIPU Setup Description Use Program 84-06 : V OIPU Setup to setup the details of V OIPU PCB. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-06 : V OIPU Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1455 Conditions The system programming must be exited before these program options to tak e affect. Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-06 (V OIPU Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-07 : Firmware Download Setup 1456 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-07 : Firmware Download Setup Description Use Program 84-07 : Firmwar e Download Setup to setup the download data for the IP phone.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-07 : Firmware Download Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1457 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-07 (Firmware Download Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 07 3.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-08 : Firmware Name Setup 1458 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-08 : Firmware Name Setup Description Use Program 84-08 : Firmwar e Name Setup to setup the fi rmware name of the IP phone for do wnload.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-08 : Firmware Name Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1459 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-08 (Firmware Download Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 08 3.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-09 : VLAN Setup 1460 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-09 : VLAN Setup Description Use Program 84-09 : VLAN Setup to setup the VLAN data. Input Data Conditions The system programming must be exited before these program options to tak e affect.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-10 : T oS Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1461 84-10 : ToS Setup Description Use Program 84-10 : T oS Setup to setup the T oS data. Input Data Conditions The system needs to be reset in order for these program options to take af fect.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-10 : T oS Setup 1462 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-10 (T oS Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-11 : Dterm IP CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1463 84-11 : Dterm IP CODEC Information Basic Setup Description Use Program 84-11 : Dterm IP CODEC Inf ormation Basic Setup to setup the basic CODEC options for the Dterm IP phone (IPhone or a ke yset with an IP adapter).
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-11 : Dterm IP CODEC Information Basic Setup 1464 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 09 G.729 Jitter Buffer M in 0~500 ms 30 10 G.729 Jitter Buf fer T ype 0~500 ms 60 11 G.729 Jitter Buf fer Max 0~500 ms 120 12 G.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-11 : Dterm IP CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1465 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP 24 Echo Canceler .
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-11 : Dterm IP CODEC Information Basic Setup 1466 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-11 (Dterm IP CODEC Information Basic Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-12 : H.323 Phone CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1467 84-12 : H.323 Phone CODEC Information Basic Setup Description Use Program 84-12 : H.323 Phone CODEC Inf ormation Basic Setup to setup the CODEC information of H.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-12 : H.323 Phone CODEC Information Basic Setup 1468 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 09 G.729 Jitter Buffer M in 0~500 ms 30 10 G.729 Jitter Buffer T ype 0~500 ms 60 11 G.729 Jitter Buffer Max 0~500 ms 120 12 G.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-12 : H.323 Phone CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1469 Conditions None 24 Echo Canceler CNG CFG 84-12-22 - Disable 0 = a.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-12 : H.323 Phone CODEC Information Basic Setup 1470 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-12 (H.323 Phone CODEC Information Basic Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-13 : SIP T runk CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1471 84-13 : SIP Trunk CODEC Information Basic Setup Description Use Program 84-13 : SIP T runk CODEC Information Basic Setup to setup the basic CODEC options for SIP trunks.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-13 : SIP T runk CODEC Information Basic Setup 1472 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11 84-13-11 : SIP T runk CODEC Information Basic Setup - G.729 Jitter Buffer (Max) Set the maximum G.729 Jitter Buf fer .
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-13 : SIP T runk CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1473 Conditions None 23 84-13-23 : SIP T runk CODEC Information Basic Setup - Echo Canceller NLP Noise De fi ne the Echo Canceller NLP Noise lev el.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-13 : SIP T runk CODEC Information Basic Setup 1474 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-13 (SIP T runk CODEC Inf ormation Basic Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-14 : SIP T runk Basic Information Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1475 84-14 : SIP Trunk Basic Information Setup Description Use Program 84-14 : SIP T runk Basic Information Setup to de fi ne the basic setup for SIP trunks.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-14 : SIP T runk Basic Information Setup 1476 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-14 (SIP T runk Basic Inf ormation Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-15 : H.323 Keep Alive Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1477 84-15 : H.323 Keep Alive Setup Description Use Program 84-15 : H.323 K eep Alive Setup to setup the conditions for keeping a call to an H.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-16 : V OIPU Limiter Control Gain Setup 1478 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-16 : V OIPU Limiter Control Gain Setup Description Use Program 84-16 : V OIPU Limiter Control Gain Setup to set the g ains for the V OIPU PCB.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-16 : V OIPU Limiter Control Gain Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1479 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-16 (V OIPU Limiter Control Gain Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-17 : V OIPU Echo Canceller Contr ol Setup 1480 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-17 : V OIPU Echo Canceller Control Setup Description Use Pr ogram 84-17 : V OIPU Echo Canceller Control Setup to set the enhanced Echo Canceller function for the V OIPU PCB.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-17 : V OIPU Echo Canceller Contr ol Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1481 Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-17 (V OIPU Echo Canceller Control Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-18 : V OIPU Echo Canceller Contr ol Setup 1482 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-18 : V OIPU Echo Canceller Control Setup Description Use Program 84-18 : V OIPU Echo Canceller Control Setup to set the adv anced Echo Canceller functions for the V OIPU PCB.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-18 : V OIPU Echo Canceller Contr ol Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1483 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-18 (V OIPU Echo Canceller Control Setup - MF): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-19 : SIP Extension CODEC Information Basic Setup 1484 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-19 : SIP Extension CODEC Information Basic Setup Description Use Program 84-19 : SIP Extension CODEC inf ormation Basic Setup to de fi ne the CODEC information for the SIP extensions.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-19 : SIP Extension CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1485 14 G.723 Jitter Buffer (Min) Set the minimum G.723 Jitter Buffer . 0-500 ms 30 ms 15 G.723 Jitter Buffer (T ype) Set the G.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-19 : SIP Extension CODEC Information Basic Setup 1486 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP 27 RX Gain Set the receiv e gain.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-19 : SIP Extension CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1487 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-19 (SIP Extension CODEC Information Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-20 : SIP Extension Basic Information Setup 1488 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-20 : SIP Extension Basic Information Setup Description Use Program 84-20 : SIP Extension Basic Inf ormation Setup to de fi ne the basic options for the SIP extensions.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-20 : SIP Extension Basic Information Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1489 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-20 (SIP Extension Basic Information Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-20 : SIP Extension Basic Information Setup 1490 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -.
Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-01 : SHUBU LAN Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1491 Program 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-01 : SHUBU LAN Setup Description Use Program 85-01 : SHUB U LAN Setup to de fi ne the LAN setup for each slot. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable.
Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-01 : SHUBU LAN Setup 1492 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 85-01 (SHUBU LAN Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 85 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-02 : VLAN Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1493 85-02 : VLAN Setup Description Use Program 85-02 : VLAN Setup to de fi ne the VLAN setup for each SHUBU PCB. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable.
Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-02 : VLAN Setup 1494 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 85-02 (VLAN Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 85 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-03 : Priority Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1495 85-03 : Priority Setup Description Use Program 85-03 : Priority Setup to set the priority of pack et management for each SHUBU PCB. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable.
Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-03 : Priority Setup 1496 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 85-03 (Priority Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 85 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-04 : P or t Mirr oring Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1497 85-04 : Port Mirroring Setup Description Use Program 85-04 : P ort Mirroring Setup to de fi ne the port mirroring setup for each SHUBU PCB.
Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-04 : P or t Mirr oring Setup 1498 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 85-04 (P ort Mirroring Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 85 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-05 : SHUBU VLAN Gr oup Settings Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1499 85-05 : SHUBU VLAN Group Settings Description Use Program 85-05 : SHUB U VLAN Group Settings to de fi ne the VLAN group setup for each SHUBU PCB.
Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-05 : SHUBU VLAN Gr oup Settings 1500 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 85-05 (SSHUBU VLAN Group Settings): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 85 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-01 : Installation Date Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1501 Program 90 : Maintenance Program 90-01 : Installation Date Description Use Program 90-01 : Installation Date to de fi ne the installation date of system.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-02 : Setting the Programming P assw ord 1502 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-02 : Setting the Programming Passw ord Description Use Program 90-02 : Setting the Pr ogramming Password to set the system passwords.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-02 : Setting the Programming P assw ord Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1503 Default Conditions More than one extension can be in the programming mode.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-02 : Setting the Programming P assw ord 1504 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-02 (Setting the Programming P asswor d): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-03 : Save Data Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1505 90-03 : Save Data Description Use Program 90-03 : Sav e Data to save the programmed data on the SRAM and Flash R OM to the 16M A T A Remo vable Compact Flash Memory card.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-04 : Load Data 1506 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-04 : Load Data Description Use Program 90-04 : Load Data to load the system data from the inserted Compact Flash Mem- ory to the SRAM and Flash R OM in the system.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-04 : Load Data Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1507 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-04 (Load Data): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-05 : Slot Control 1508 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-05 : Slot Control Description Use Program 90-05 : Slot Contr ol to reset or delete (uninstall) circuit boards (slots 1-16). Delete allo ws you to completely uninstall the PCB.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-05 : Slot Control Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1509 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-05 (Slot Control): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-06 : T runk Control 1510 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-06 : Trunk Control Description Use Pr ogram 90-06 : T runk Contr ol is used for the trunk maintenance. Busy Out lets you block a PCB from placing outgoing calls (just like placing the PCB switch do wn).
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-06 : T runk Control Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1511 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-06 (T runk Control): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-07 : Extension Control 1512 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-07 : Extension Control Description Use Program 90-07 : Extension Contr ol is used for the extension maintenance. Input Data Conditions This program is only av ailable in telephone and W ebPro programming.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-08 : System Reset Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1513 90-08 : System Reset Description Use Program 90-08 : System Reset is used to perform a system reset.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-09 : A utomatic System Reset Time 1514 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-09 : Automatic System Reset Time Description Use Program 90-09 : A utomatic System Reset T ime to de fi ne the time the system will automati- cally reset.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-09 : A utomatic System Reset Time Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1515 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-09 (Automatic System Reset Time): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-10 : System Alarm Setup 1516 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-10 : System Alarm Setup Description Use Program 90-10 : System Alarm Setup to assign a status to system alarms. Y ou can designate an alarm as Major or Minor .
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-10 : System Alarm Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1517 5 0 0 Do wnload Error Do wnload may have failed because the PCB is blocked (disabled) or the sub-pro- gram does not exist on the system fl ash card.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-10 : System Alarm Setup 1518 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None 40 0 0 CS Error Information 2 -- Not Used in U.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-10 : System Alarm Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1519 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-10 (System Alarm Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 10 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-11 : System Alarm Repor t 1520 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-11 : System Alarm Report Description Use Program 90-11 : System Alarm Report to de fi ne the details of the system alarm report. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-11 : System Alarm Repor t Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1521 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-11 (System Alarm Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-12 : System Alarm Output 1522 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-12 : System Alarm Output Description Use Program 90-12 : System Alarm Output to set the options for the alarm report. This program has 6 separate menu options.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-12 : System Alarm Output Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1523 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-12 (System Alarm Output): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 12 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-13 : System Information Output 1524 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-13 : System Information Output Description Use Program 90-13 : System Inf ormation Output to de fi ne the output port to be used as the sys- tem information output.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-13 : System Information Output Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1525 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-13 (System Information Output): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 13 3.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-16 : Main Software Information 1526 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-16 : Main Software Information Description Use Program 90-16 : Main Softwar e Information to display the main software information on the NTCPU.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-17 : Firmware Information Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1527 90-17 : Firmware Information Description Use Program 90-17 : Firmwar e Information to display the fi rmw are information on the NTCPU and other PCBs.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-17 : Firmware Information 1528 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-17 (Firmware Information): 1.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-18 : P assw ord Initialization f or Japanese Character T elephone Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1529 90-18 : Password Initialization f or Japanese Character Telephone Description This program is not used.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-19 : Dial Block Release 1530 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-19 : Dial Block Release Description When the extension number is entered in Pr ogram 90-19 : Dial Block Release , the extension will be released from the Dial Block restriction.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-20 : T raffic Repor t Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1531 90-20 : Traffic Report Data Setup Description Use Program 90-20 : T raf fi c Report Data Setup to de fi ne the details of the traf fi c report.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-20 : T raffic Repor t Data Setup 1532 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-20 (T raf fi c Repor t Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-21 : T raffic Repor t Output Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1533 90-21 : Traffic Report Output Description Use Program 90-21 : T raf fi c Report Output to de fi ne the output port to be used as the traf fi c report output.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-22 : NGT T erminal V ersion Inf ormation 1534 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-22 : NGT Terminal Version Information Description Use Program 90-22 : NGT T erminal V ersion inf ormation to de fi ne the hardware and fi rmware version of the NGT terminal.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-22 : NGT T erminal V ersion Inf ormation Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1535 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-22 (NGT T erminal V ersion Information): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-23 : Deleting Registration of IP T elephones 1536 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-23 : Deleting Registration of IP Telephones Description Use Program 90-23 : Deleting Registration of IP T elephones to delete the re gistered IP tele- phone from the system.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-24 : System Alarm Repor t Notification Time Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1537 90-24 : System Alarm Report Notification Time Setup Description Use Program 90-24 : System Alarm Report Noti fi cation Time Setup to set up when the alarm report will print.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-24 : System Alarm Repor t Notification Time Setup 1538 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-24 (System Alarm Repor t Noti fi cation Time Setup): 1.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-25 : System Alarm Repor t CC Mail Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1539 90-25 : System Alarm Report CC Mail Setup Description Use Pr ogram 90-25 : System Alarm Report CC Mail Setup to de fi ne the mail address to receive the system alarm report CC Mail setup.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-26 : Program Access Le vel Setup 1540 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-26 : Program Access Level Setup Description Use Program 90-26 : Program Access Level Setup to de fi ne the passw ord access level required to change a system program.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-26 : Program Access Le vel Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1541 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-26 (Program Access Level Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 26 3.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-27 : Aspire Wireless System ID 1542 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-27 : Aspire Wireless System ID Description Use Pr ogram 90-27 : Aspire Wireless System ID to vie w or delete the ID number associated with the DSIU PCB.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-30 : V OIPU Firmware Information Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1543 90-30 : V OIPU Firmware Information Description Use Program 90-30 : V OIPOU Firmware Inf ormation to display the fi rmware information on the V OIPU PCB.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-31 : DIM Over Ethernet 1544 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-31 : DIM Over Ethernet Description Use Program 90-31 : DIM Ov er Ethernet to de fi ne the setup used for DIM access o ver an ether- net connection.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-31 : DIM Over Ethernet Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1545 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-31 (DIM Over Ethernet): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 31 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-31 : DIM Over Ethernet 1546 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -.
Pr ogram 91 : Aspire Wireless Subscription 91-06 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, New Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1547 Program 91 : Aspire Wireless Subscription 91-06 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, New Description Program 91-06 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, New is used when registering an Aspire W ireless (DECT) phone to the system.
Pr ogram 91 : Aspire Wireless Subscription 91-06 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, New 1548 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 91-06 (Aspire Wireless Subscription, New): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 91 : Aspire Wireless Subscription 91-07 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, Delete Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1549 91-07 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, Delete Description Use Program 91-07 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, Delete to remove an Aspire W ireless (DECT) phone from the system.
Pr ogram 91 : Aspire Wireless Subscription 91-07 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, Delete 1550 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-27 (Aspire Wireless System ID): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-01 : Copy b y Extension Number Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1551 Program 92 : Copy Program 92-01 : Copy by Extension Number Description Use Program 92-01 : Copy by Extension Number to cop y the data for one program to another keyset, trunk , group, etc.
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-01 : Copy b y Extension Number 1552 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Note: Copy Program is applicable only for the follo wing programs. T runk P or t Base T runk Group Base Extension Base (Refer to Pr ogram 92-03-01 to copy these pr ograms by port number .
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-01 : Copy b y Extension Number Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1553 Department Group Base DSS Console Base Conditions Using this program to copy a ke yset’ s Programmable Function Keys will cop y all the keys whether they e xist on the phone to which the programming is being copied.
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-01 : Copy b y Extension Number 1554 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference None T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 92-01 (Copy by Extension Number): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-03 : Copy b y P or t Number Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1555 92-03 : Copy by Port Number Description Use Pr ogram 92-03 : Copy by Port Number to copy the data for a ke yset to another keyset based on the port number .
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-03 : Copy b y P or t Number 1556 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Input Data Conditions Using this program to copy a ke yset’ s Programmable Function Keys will cop y all the keys whether they e xist on the phone to which the programming is being copied.
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-03 : Copy b y P or t Number Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1557 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 92-03 (Copy by P or t Number Program): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 92 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-04 : Extension Data Swap 1558 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 92-04 : Extension Data Swap Description Use Program 92-04 : Extension Data Swap to sw ap an extension’ s programming to another extension number .
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-04 : Extension Data Swap Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1559 Input Data 21-19 IP T runk (SIP) Calling Party Number Setup for Extensions 1 21-20 SIP T runk Call .
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-04 : Extension Data Swap 1560 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions ● Any user -de fi ned programming stored in the SRAM will not be swapped (for example, Call Forw ard set up, Selectable Display Messaging, etc.
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-05 : Data Swap P assw ord Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1561 92-05 : Data Swap Password Description Use Program 92-05 : Data Swap P assword to de fi ne the password to be used by each e xtension when using the Extension Data Swap feature using a service code.
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-05 : Data Swap P assw ord 1562 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions (A.) Any user-de fi ned programming stored in the SRAM will not be swapped (for e xample, Call Forw ard set up, Selectable Display Messaging, etc.
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-05 : Data Swap P assw ord Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1563 Feature Cr oss Reference ● Maintenance T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 92-05 (Data Swap Pass word): 1. Enter the programming mode.
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-06 : Fill Extension Data 1564 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 92-06 : Fill Extension Data Description Use Program 92-06 : Fill Extension Data to fi ll program entries for a range of e xtensions to the same as a designated source extension.
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-06 : Fill Extension Data Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1565 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 92-06 (Fill Extension Data): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 92 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-07 : Delete P or t Data 1566 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 92-07 : Delete Port Data Description Use Program 92-07 : Delete P ort Data to delete data for a range of ports. Input Data The Delete program can be used only with the follo wing programs: Conditions (A.
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-07 : Delete P or t Data Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1567 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 92-07 (Delete P ort Data): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 92 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-07 : Delete P or t Data 1568 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -.
Pr ogram 99 : MF Options 99-01 : MF Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1569 Program 99 : MF Options 99-01 : MF Options Description Use Program 99-01 : MF Options to adjust certain system functions.
Pr ogram 99 : MF Options 99-01 : MF Options 1570 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 99-01 (MF Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 99 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.
Revisions Aspire Software Manual Software Manual Re visions ◆ Revision-1 This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Revision 5 ACD ACD Queue Status ....114 Added Call Coverage Key Operation .
Revisions Revision-2 ◆ Software Man ual Revisions Aspire Software Manual This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Handsfree and Monitor Added Program 15-02-08 ....
Revisions Aspire Software Manual Software Manual Re visions ◆ Revision-3 This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Program 81-09 Added ....1415 Program 82-08 Added .
Revisions Revision-4 ◆ Software Man ual Revisions Aspire Software Manual This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Revision 6 Account Codes Added Forced Account Codes Timer .
Revisions Aspire Software Manual Software Manual Re visions ◆ Revision-5 This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Message Waiting Added LED Color Indication ....413 Added Program 15-02-28 .
Revisions Revision-6 ◆ Software Man ual Revisions Aspire Software Manual This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Program 15-07 Added *07 for Personal Park ....923 Program 15-15 Added Program 15-15-07 .
Revisions Aspire Software Manual Software Manual Re visions ◆ Revision-7 This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Program 82-01 Corrected Default Entries ....1418 Program 83-11 Changed to "Not Available" for Aspire S .
Revisions Revision-8 ◆ Software Man ual Revisions Aspire Software Manual This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Revision 7 Abbreviated Dialing Added Program 13-01-01 .
Revisions Aspire Software Manual Software Manual Re visions ◆ Revision-9 This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Program 90-17 Added Item 19 ....1528 Program 91-06 Port Range Changed for Auto-Assignment .
Revisions Revision-10 ◆ Software Man ual Revisions Aspire Software Manual This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). DID Added Program 11-10-35 ....284 Added Program 20-07-26 .
Revisions Aspire Software Manual Software Manual Re visions ◆ Revision-11 This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Program 92-07 Added ....1566 Program 99-01 Added Program 99-01-32 .
Revisions Revision-12 ◆ Software Man ual Revisions Aspire Software Manual This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included).
Index Aspire Software Manual Inde x ◆ i Numerics 24-Button DSS DSS/DLS Service Code Added . . .306 2500 Phones . . .515 2PGDAD Module . . .89, . . .427, . . .460 500 Phones . . .515 900 Preamble . . .626, . . .632 A Abandoned Call Reporting . . .519 Abbreviated and Post Dialing Service Codes .
Index ii ◆ Index Aspire Software Manual Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) . . .114 ACD Call Queuing . . .114 ACD Group as Overflow Destination . . .122 ACD Overflow (With Announcements) . . .115 Agent Log In and Log Out Services . . .115, . . .116 Counting Overflow Calls in MIS Software .
Index Aspire Software Manual Inde x ◆ iii Call Queuing See Call Waiting Call Restriction, International . . .572 Call Restriction, Outgoing with Tie Lines . . .562 Call Restriction, PBX . . .473, . . .572 Call Routing . . .138 Call Timer . . .152, .
Index iv ◆ Index Aspire Software Manual Computer Telephony Integration (CTI) Applications . . .239 Database Lookup . . .239 Personal Computer Interface (PCI) . . .239 Conference . . .240 Barge In . . .240 Change CONF to a Transfer Key . . .241 Feature Enhanced .
Index Aspire Software Manual Inde x ◆ v DID Routing Through the VRS Automated At- tendant . . .280 FCC DID Requirements . . .282 Flexible DID Service Compatibility . . .279 SMDR Includes Dialed Number . . .280 Direct Inward Line (DIL) . . .289 DIL Delayed Ringing .
Index vi ◆ Index Aspire Software Manual Extension Exclusion . . .520 Extension Hotline . . .357 Extension Hunting Department Calling . . .265 Extension Name or Number . . .520 Extension Names . . .432 Extension Ring Group . . .490 Extension Ringdown See Ringdown Extension External Alarm Sensors .
Index Aspire Software Manual Inde x ◆ vii ISDN Compatibiility Calling Party Number Option Added to Define Type . . .371 ISDN Compatibility . . .370 Alert Tone When S-Bus Terminal Calls Busy Extension . . .371 Automatic Data Link Failure Recovery . .
Index viii ◆ Index Aspire Software Man ual Night Service . . .443 Assigned Night Answer (ANA) . . .443 Automatic Night Service . . .443 Programmable Function Key Can Toggle Night Modes . . .444 Universal Night Answer (UNA) . . .443 Not Answered/Busy Call Forwarding .
Index Aspire Software Manual Inde x ◆ ix R Recording a Conversation . . .605 Redial List . . .380 Redial Saved Number . . .501 Redial, Last Number . . .380 Redial, Repeat . . .485 Reloading Customer Databases . . .397 Repeat Redial . . .485 Reports .
Index x ◆ Index Aspire Software Manual Tandem Trunking (Unsupervised Conference) . . .542, . . .544 Tandem Trunking / Conference Automatic Conference on Hang Up . . .544 Automatic Conference to ABB Number . . .545 Tape Recording With ACI . . .90 TAPI Compatibility .
Index Aspire Software Manual Inde x ◆ xi U UNA (Universal Night Answer) . . .443 Unanswered Call Forwarding . . .153 Universal Answer . . .208 See Central Office Calls, Answering Universal Night Answer (UNA) . . .443 Unscreened Transfer . . .587 Unsupervised Conference .
Index xii ◆ Index Aspire Software Manual.
NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. 4 Forest Parkway , Shelton, CT 06484 T el: 800-365-1928 Fax: 203-926-5458 www .necunifiedsolutions.com Other Important T elephone Numbers Sales: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203-926-5450 Customer Service: .
(0893200) January 12, 2006 Printed in U.S .A. NEC Uni fi ed Solutions, Inc. 4 F orest P ar kwa y , Shelton, CT 06484 TEL: 800-365-1928 F AX: 203-926-5458 www .
Un punto importante, dopo l’acquisto del dispositivo (o anche prima di acquisto) è quello di leggere il manuale. Dobbiamo farlo per diversi motivi semplici:
Se non hai ancora comprato il NEC 5 è un buon momento per familiarizzare con i dati di base del prodotto. Prime consultare le pagine iniziali del manuale d’uso, che si trova al di sopra. Dovresti trovare lì i dati tecnici più importanti del NEC 5 - in questo modo è possibile verificare se l’apparecchio soddisfa le tue esigenze. Esplorando le pagine segenti del manuali d’uso NEC 5 imparerai tutte le caratteristiche del prodotto e le informazioni sul suo funzionamento. Le informazioni sul NEC 5 ti aiuteranno sicuramente a prendere una decisione relativa all’acquisto.
In una situazione in cui hai già il NEC 5, ma non hai ancora letto il manuale d’uso, dovresti farlo per le ragioni sopra descritte. Saprai quindi se hai correttamente usato le funzioni disponibili, e se hai commesso errori che possono ridurre la durata di vita del NEC 5.
Tuttavia, uno dei ruoli più importanti per l’utente svolti dal manuale d’uso è quello di aiutare a risolvere i problemi con il NEC 5. Quasi sempre, ci troverai Troubleshooting, cioè i guasti più frequenti e malfunzionamenti del dispositivo NEC 5 insieme con le istruzioni su come risolverli. Anche se non si riesci a risolvere il problema, il manuale d’uso ti mostrerà il percorso di ulteriori procedimenti – il contatto con il centro servizio clienti o il servizio più vicino.
